PowerFlex 700AFE User Manual

PowerFlex 700AFE, 700AFE, AFE

Rockwell Automation

PowerFlex 700AFE User Manual - Literature Library ...

Resource. Description. PowerFlex Active Front End—Frame 10 Hardware Service Manual, publication 20Y-TG001. Provides information for how to troubleshoot ...

PDF preview unavailable. Download the PDF instead.

20y-um001 -en-p
User Manual
Original Instructions
PowerFlex Active Front End
Catalog Number 20Y PowerFlex AFE/PowerFlex 700AFE Frames 10 and 13, Firmware Revision Number 1.xxx

Important User Information
Read this document and the documents listed in the additional resources section about installation, configuration, and operation of this equipment before you install, configure, operate, or maintain this product. Users are required to familiarize themselves with installation and wiring instructions in addition to requirements of all applicable codes, laws, and standards.
Activities including installation, adjustments, putting into service, use, assembly, disassembly, and maintenance are required to be carried out by suitably trained personnel in accordance with applicable code of practice.
If this equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the protection provided by the equipment may be impaired.
In no event will Rockwell Automation, Inc. be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment.
The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes. Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation, Rockwell Automation, Inc. cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams.
No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation, Inc. with respect to use of information, circuits, equipment, or software described in this manual.
Reproduction of the contents of this manual, in whole or in part, without written permission of Rockwell Automation, Inc., is prohibited
Throughout this manual, when necessary, we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations.
WARNING: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment, which may lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss.
ATTENTION: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss. Attentions help you identify a hazard, avoid a hazard, and recognize the consequence.
IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product.
Labels may also be on or inside the equipment to provide specific precautions.
SHOCK HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present.
BURN HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures.
ARC FLASH HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a motor control center, to alert people to potential Arc Flash. Arc Flash will cause severe injury or death. Wear proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). Follow ALL Regulatory requirements for safe work practices and for Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).

Table of Contents

Preface
Summary of Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Intended Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 What Is Not in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Manual Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Rockwell Automation Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Additional Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 General Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Catalog Number Explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Description of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Benefits of the AFE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 AFE in IP00 Open Chassis Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Chapter 1
Main Component Sections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Frame 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Frame 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Main Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Frame 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Frame 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Mounting Considerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Operating Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Minimum Mounting Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
AC Supply Source Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Unbalanced, Ungrounded, or Resistive Grounded Distribution Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Input Power Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Grounding Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Recommended Grounding Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Safety Ground - PE and Shield Termination - SHLD . . . . . . . . . 29
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Power Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Power Cable Types Acceptable for 400...690 Volt Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Unshielded Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Shielded Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Armored Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Cable Trays and Conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Select and Verify Control Transformer Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Power Terminals for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Route the AC Input, Ground (PE), and DC Bus Output Wiring for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure . . . . . . . . . 36

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

3

Table of Contents

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Disconnect the Common Mode Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Frame 10 LCL Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Frame 13 LCL Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Frame 10 or Frame 13 Power Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Use the AFE with PowerFlex Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Control Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Signal and Control Wire Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 I/O Terminal Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 I/O Cable Grounding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Typical I/O Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Analog I/O Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Hardware Enable Circuitry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Analog I/O Wiring Examples for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Precharging the AFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Important Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 CE Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Low Voltage Directive (2006/95/EC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 EMC Directive (2004/108/EC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 General Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Essential Requirements for CE Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Chapter 2
Main Component Sections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Frame 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Frame 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Main Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Frame 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Frame 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Mounting Considerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Operating Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Minimum Mounting Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
AC Supply Source Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Unbalanced, Ungrounded, or Resistive Grounded Distribution Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Input Power Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Grounding Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Recommended Grounding Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Safety Ground - PE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Shield Termination - SHLD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Power Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Power Cable Types Acceptable for 400...690 Volt Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Unshielded Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Shielded Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

4

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Table of Contents

Armored Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Cable Trays and Conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Select and Verify Control Transformer Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Power Terminals for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . 66 DC Bus Output Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Route the AC Input, Ground (PE), and DC Bus Output Wiring for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Disconnect the Common Mode Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Frame 10 LCL Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Frame 13 LCL Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Frame 10 Power Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Frame 13 Power Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Using the AFE with PowerFlex Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Control Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Signal and Control Wire Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 I/O Terminal Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 I/O Cable Grounding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Typical I/O Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Analog I/O Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Hardware Enable Circuitry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Analog I/O Wiring Examples for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Precharging the AFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Important Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 CE Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Low Voltage Directive (2006/95/EC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 EMC Directive (2004/108/EC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 General Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Essential Requirements for CE Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Startup

Chapter 3
AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Startup Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Control Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Startup Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Control Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 MCCB (Motor-controlled Circuit Breaker) and Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Programming and Parameters

Chapter 4
About Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 How AFE Parameters are Organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
File-Group-Parameter Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

5

Table of Contents

Troubleshooting Supplemental Information

Basic Parameter View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Advanced Parameter View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Monitor File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Dynamic Control File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Utility File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Communication File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Inputs and Outputs File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Parameter Cross Reference ­ by Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Parameter Cross Reference ­ by Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Chapter 5
AFE Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Front Panel Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 HIM Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Faults and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Manually Clearing Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Fault and Alarm Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Clear the Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Common Symptoms and Corrective Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Technical Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Appendix A
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Derating Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Ambient Temperature/Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Altitude/Load 400/480V AC Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Altitude/Load 600/690V AC Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 AFE Current Ratings and Watts Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 400 Volt AC Input Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 480 Volt AC Input Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 600 Volt AC Input Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 690 Volt AC Input Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Fusing and Circuit Breakers for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 AC Input Fuse and Circuit Breaker Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 DC Bus Output Fuse Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Fusing and Circuit Breakers for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure. . . . 142 AC Input Fuse and Circuit Breaker Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 DC Bus Output Fuse Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 DPI Communication Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Typical Programmable Controller Configurations. . . . . . . . . . . 152 Logic Command Word for PowerFlex 700/700H/700S Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Logic Status Word for PowerFlex 700/700H/700S Drives . . . 153 Logic Command Word for PowerFlex 750-Series Drives. . . . . 155

6

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

HIM Overview Application Notes

Table of Contents
Logic Status Word for PowerFlex 750-Series Drives . . . . . . . . . 156
Appendix B
External and Internal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 LCD Display Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 ALT Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Menu Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Diagnostics Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Parameter Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Device Select Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Memory Storage Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Start-up Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Preferences Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 View and Edit Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 HIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Numeric Keypad Shortcut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Remove/Install the HIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Appendix C
Sizing Guidelines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Basic Procedure to Size the AFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Advanced Procedure to Size the AFE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Voltage Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Paralleling AFEs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Guidelines for AFEs in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure . . . . 168 Guidelines for AFEs in IP21 Rittal Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Paralleling an AFE with One or More PowerFlex SCR Bus Supplies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

7

Table of Contents
Notes:

8

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Preface

The purpose of this manual is to provide the basic information to install, startup, and troubleshoot the PowerFlex® Active Front End (AFE).

Topic

Page

Summary of Changes

9

Intended Audience

9

What Is Not in This Manual

9

Manual Conventions

10

Rockwell Automation Support

10

Additional Resources

10

General Precautions

12

Catalog Number Explanation

13

Description of Operation

14

Benefits of the AFE

16

AFE in IP00 Open Chassis Configuration 17

Summary of Changes

This manual contains new and updated information as indicated in the following table.

Topic

Page

Updated the basic one-line diagram for a Frame 10 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC style

Figure 6 on page 20

enclosure to include the factory-installed common mode core at the DC bus output.

Updated the system schematics for a Frame 13 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC style enclosure to Figure 7 on page 21 include the factory-installed common mode core at the DC bus output.

Updated the drawing for connecting parallel Frame 10 AFEs in IP20 2500 MCC style Figure 56 on page 170 enclosures to include the factory-installed common mode core at the DC bus output.

Updated the drawing for connecting parallel Frame 13 AFEs in IP20 2500 MCC Style Figure 57 on page 171 Enclosures to include the factory-installed common mode core at the DC bus output.

Added information for KCC and Regulatory compliance mark (RCM) certifications. 137

Intended Audience

This manual is intended for qualified personnel. You must be able to program and operate an Active Front End unit and adjustable frequency AC drives. In addition, you must have an understanding of the parameter settings and functions.

What Is Not in This Manual

This manual provides installation, start-up, and programming information for the PowerFlex Active Front End. For detailed drive information, see Drive Information on page 11.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

9

Preface
Manual Conventions

The following conventions are used throughout this manual:
· In this manual, we also refer to the PowerFlex Active Front End as AFE, Active Front End, or unit.
· To differentiate parameter names and LCD display text from other text, the following conventions are used:
­ Parameter names appear in [brackets]. For example: [DC Bus Voltage].
­ Display text appears in `quotes'. For example, `Enabled'.

Rockwell Automation Support

Contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for these items: · Sales and order support · Product technical training · Warranty support · Support service agreements
Technical Support
For technical support, first review the information in Chapter 5. If you still need help, click the link for Allen-Bradley® Drives Service and Support website at http://www.ab.com/support/abdrives. When you contact Technical Support, be prepared to provide the information that is listed on page 135.

Additional Resources

These documents contain additional information concerning related products from Rockwell Automation.

Resource

Description

PowerFlex Active Front End--Frame 10 Hardware Service Manual, publication 20Y-TG001

Provides information for how to troubleshoot Frame 10 AFE units.

PowerFlex Active Front End--Frame 13 Hardware Service Manual, publication 20Y-TG002

Provides information for how to troubleshoot Frame 13 AFE units.

PowerFlex 700H, 700S, and 700AFE Drive Fan Systems Installation Instructions, publication PFLEX-IN029 Provides information for how to install drive fan systems.

Drives in Common Bus Configurations, publication DRIVES-AT002

Provides information for common bus configurations.

Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC Drives, publication DRIVES-IN001 Provides information for wiring and grounding AC drives.

Preventive Maintenance of Industrial Control and Drive System Equipment, publication DRIVES-TD001

Provides information for preventative maintenance control and drive systems.

Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation, and Maintenance of Solid-state Control, publication SGI-1.1 Provides safety guidelines for drive systems.

Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage, publication 8000-4.5.2

Provides information for how to prevent electrostatic damage.

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, publication 1770-4.1

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system.

Product Certifications website, http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/certification/overview.page

Provides declarations of conformity, certificates, and other certification details.

10

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Preface
You can view or download publications at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/literature-library/overview.page. To order paper copies of technical documentation, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative.

Drive Information

The following publications provide detailed information for PowerFlex drives that are compatible with the PowerFlex Active Front End.

Drive

Resource

PowerFlex 700 Series A Drive
PowerFlex 700 Series B Drive

PowerFlex 700 Series A User Manual, publication 20B-UM001 PowerFlex 700 Series B User Manual, publication 20B-UM002 PowerFlex 700 Frames 0...6 Installation Instructions, publication 20B-IN019 PowerFlex 700 Frames 7...10 Installation Instructions, publication 20B-IN014 PowerFlex 70/700 Reference Manual, publication PFLEX-RM001 PowerFlex 70 Installation Instructions, publication 20A-IN009 PowerFlex 70EC/700VC Reference Manual, publication PFLEX-RM004 PowerFlex 700 Technical Data, publication 20B-TD001 PowerFlex Dynamic Braking Resistor Calculator, publication PFLEX-AT001

PowerFlex 700H Drive

PowerFlex 700H Installation Manual, publication PFLEX-IN006 PowerFlex 700H Programming Manual, publication 20C-PM001 PowerFlex 700H Technical Data, publication 20C-TD001

PowerFlex 700S Drive

PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control Installation Manual (Frames 1...6), publication 20D-IN024 PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control Installation Manual (Frames 9...14), publication PFLEX-IN006 PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control Programming Manual (All Frame Sizes), publication 20D-PM001 PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control Reference Manual, publication PFLEX-RM003 PowerFlex 700S with Phase II Control Technical Data, publication 20D-TD002

PowerFlex 750-Series Drive

PowerFlex 750-Series Drive Installation Instructions, publication 750-IN001 PowerFlex 750-Series Drive Programming Manual, publication 750-PM001 PowerFlex 750-Series Technical Data, publication 750-TD001

PowerFlex SCR Bus Supply PowerFlex SCR Bus Supply User Manual, publication 20S-UM001

Description Provides information for how to install, configure, and use PowerFlex 700 Series A and Series B drives.
Provides information for how to install, configure, and use PowerFlex 700H drives.
Provides information for how to install, configure, and use PowerFlex 700S drives.
Provides information for how to install, configure, and use PowerFlex 750-Series drives. Provides information for SCR bus supplies.

You can view or download publications at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/literature-library/overview.page. To order paper copies of technical documentation, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative.
To find your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative, visit http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/distributor-locator/saleslocator.page

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

11

Preface
General Precautions

ATTENTION: To avoid an electric shock hazard, verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before servicing. Check the DC bus voltage between the +DC and -DC terminals, between the +DC terminal and the chassis, and between the -DC terminal and the chassis. The voltage must be zero for all three measurements.
ATTENTION: To guard against personal injury and equipment damage that is caused by an arc flash, you must identify the arc flash requirements per NFPA 70E.
ATTENTION: The PowerFlex Active Front End contains electrostatic discharge (ESD) sensitive parts and assemblies that can be damaged if you do not follow ESD control procedures. Static control precautions are required when you install, test, service, or repair this unit. If you are unfamiliar with static control procedures, see Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage, publication 8000-4.5.2, or any other applicable ESD protection handbook.
ATTENTION: An incorrectly applied or installed PowerFlex Active Front End can result in component damage or a reduction in product life. Wiring or application errors, such as undersizing the motor, incorrect or inadequate AC supply, or excessive ambient temperatures, can result in malfunction of the system.
ATTENTION: Only qualified personnel familiar with adjustable frequency AC drives and associated machinery can plan or implement the installation, start-up, and subsequent maintenance of the system. Failure to comply can result in personal injury and/or equipment damage.

12

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Preface

Catalog Number Explanation

Position

1...3

4

5...7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

20Y

D

460

A

0

A

N

N

A

N

A

0

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

a

Drive

Code

Type

20Y

PowerFlex AFE/ PowerFlex 700AFE

b

Voltage Rating

Code

Input Voltage

Phase

D

400/480V AC

3

F

600/690V AC

3

c1

400/480V Input

Code

Input Amps
ND (HD)

kW at 400V ND
(HD)

Hp at 480V
ND (HD)

Frame Size

460

460 (385)

309 (258)

497 (416)

10

1K3

1300 (1150)

873 (772)

1404 (1242)

13

c2

600/690V Input

Input Code Amps
ND (HD)

Hp at 600V
ND (HD)

kW at 690V
ND (HD)

Frame Size

325

325 (240)

439 (324)

376 (278)

10

1K0 1030 (1) 1390 (1) 1193 (1) 13

(1) There is no heavy-duty rating for Frame 13 600/690V.

d

Enclosure

Code

Type

Conformal Coating

A (1)

IP21 Rittal Enclosure, NEMA/UL Type 1

Yes

N (2)

IP00, open-chassis

Yes

IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1

2500 MCC Style enclosure

P (3)

with power bus, 800 mm (31.5 in.) deep,

Yes

standard cabinet color

(RAL7032)

IP20, NEMA/UL Type 1

2500 MCC Style enclosure

W (3)

with power bus, 800 mm (31.5 in.) deep,

Yes

CenterLine 2100 gray

(ASA49)

(1) Includes AFE power module, LCL filter, control assembly, motor-controlled circuit breaker, and precharge circuit in a Rittal enclosure.
(2) Restricted to SSB. Includes AFE power module, LCL filter, and control assembly. Excludes circuit breaker or precharge circuit.
(3) Includes AFE power module, LCL filter, control assembly, Incoming circuit breaker, and precharge circuit in 2500 MCC Style enclosure. Frame 10 has 1250 amp DC bus and Frame 13 has 3000 amp DC bus.

e

HIM

Code Operator Interface

0

No HIM

Mount AFE

f

Documentation

Code

Documents

Ship Carton

A

User Manual

Yes

g

Brake

Code

With Brake IGBT

N

No

h

Brake Resistor

Code

With Resistor

N

No

i

Equipment Type

Code

Description

A

AFE with power line filter

j

Comm Slot

Code

Communication Option

N

None

k

I/O Option

Code

Type

A (1) Standard, with outputs

(1) A 120V AC I/O option is not available.

I/O Volts 24V DC

l

Feedback

Code

Type

Installed On

0

None

N/A

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

13

Preface

Description of Operation

The PowerFlex Active Front End is a regenerative DC bus supply that is used to supply DC power to a lineup of common DC bus drives, or one common bus drive. The AFE uses a pulse width modulated (PWM)-controlled IGBT converter to allow bi-directional power flow to the AC line. Figure 1 and Figure 2 show examples of the AFE powering a lineup of PowerFlex 755 drives and the AFE powering one PowerFlex 755 drive. For additional information and bus conditioning requirements, see Drives in Common Bus Configurations, publication DRIVES-AT002.
Figure 1 - AFE Supplying a Lineup of Common Bus Drives

3-Phase 400VAC

PowerFlex

Active Front End

L1

DC+

L2

DC-

L3

* Bus Conditioner *
DC+ BR1 BR2 DC- DC+ BR1 BR2 DC- DC+ BR1 BR2 DC- DC+ BR1 BR2 DC-

* See Drives in Common Bus Configurations, publication DRIVES-AT002, for bus conditioning requirements

L1 L2 L3
PowerFlex 755

L1 L2 L3
PowerFlex 755

L1 L2 L3
PowerFlex 755

L1 L2 L3
PowerFlex 755

M

M

M

M

Figure 2 - AFE Supplying a Single Drive

3-Phase 400VAC

PowerFlex

Active Front End

L1

DC+

L2

DC-

L3

* Bus Conditioner PowerFlex 755
DC+
* DC-

* See Drives in Common Bus Configurations, publication DRIVES-AT002, for bus

M

conditioning requirements

14

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Preface

Active current and reactive currents are calculated from the three input phase current measurements (IL1, IL2, and IL3) as shown in Figure 3. The DC voltage controller is a PI type regulator. A DC voltage reference sets the value of the DC link voltage to be maintained. It is compared to measured DC voltage to obtain a DC voltage error as the input for the DC voltage controller.
The output of the DC voltage controller is the active current reference, which is compared to the measured active current. The error between them is the input for the active current controller. The output of the active current controller changes the modulation index and controls the inverter voltage.
The reactive current reference can be used for reactive power compensation. A positive reactive current reference indicates inductive and a negative reactive current reference indicates capacitive reactive power compensation. The default value of the reactive current reference parameter is zero. The set value of the reactive current reference is compared to its measured value and the error is fed to the PI regulator. The PI regulator is also referred to as the synchronizing controller because its function is to keep the inverter synchronized with line supply. The frequency reference to the AFE is derived from the reactive current controller output. Normally the active current Kp, active current Ki, reactive current Kp, and reactive current Ki default values of the two current controllers are satisfactory with the standard LCL filter. Do not change the default values.
Figure 3 - AFE Block Diagram

Park Transform

IL1 IL2 IL3

3

I Alpha

Cartesian

2

I Beta

Polar

Reactive Current Active Currrent

Modulator Voltage Angle

DC Volt Measured

DC Volt Reference

_

PI

Active Current Ref

Active Currrent

_

PI

Modulation Index

DC Volt Kp DC Volt Ki

Active Curr Kp Active Curr Ki

Reactive Current Ref

Reactive Current

_

PI

Freq Reference PD

Reactive Curr Kp Reactive Curr Ki

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

15

Preface
Benefits of the AFE

The PowerFlex Active Front End provides these benefits:
· Energy savings with regenerative braking ­ instead of wasted energy with resistor brake technology, regenerative braking puts the energy back into the system to be used by other equipment.
· Low AC input harmonics ­ the active front end provides low harmonics to meet IEEE 519 and CE at its input terminals.
· Improved power factor ­ the AFE actively controls the power factor regardless of motor speed and load. In addition, the PowerFlex AFE can be used for power factor correction on the power system.
· Voltage boost ­ the AFE boosts the DC voltage. See Voltage Boost on page 167 for guidelines regarding voltage boost. This voltage boost also helps protect critical processes from the potentially disruptive effects of input voltage dips and sags.
ATTENTION: The PowerFlex Active Front End can be used for voltage boost, but cannot be used to lower the DC bus voltage. The minimum DC bus voltage is limited by the rectified diode bridge voltage.

16

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Preface

AFE in IP00 Open Chassis Configuration

Figure 4 shows a basic one-line diagram for an AFE Frame 10 in an IP00, NEMA/UL Open chassis configuration, and the parts that the customer must supply.
Figure 4 - Basic One-line Diagram for an AFE Frame 10 in IP00 Open Chassis Configuration

3-phase AC Input
L1 L2 L3

AC Line Switchgear

Input

Input

Breaker

Contactor

Q0

Fuses

K1

F1.1...F1.3

Customer Supplies these
Parts

LCL Filter (L1)

U2 V2 W2

C1

C4

C2

C5

C3

C6

AFE

DC

Power Structure (U1)

Fuses

U1

U1 U

V1 W1

V

DC+

F2.1

W

F2.2

PE

DC-

PE

Precharge Fuses F5

Precharge Contactor

Precharge Circuit

DC Bus Output
Customer Supplies these
Parts

PowerFlex Active Front End System
Customer Supplies these Parts

K6 R6.1
+ R6.2 -
Customer Supplies the Enclosure

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

17

Preface

Figure 5 shows a basic one-line diagram for an AFE Frame 13 in an IP00, NEMA/UL Open chassis configuration, and the parts that the customer must supply.
Figure 5 - Basic One-line Diagram for an AFE Frame 13 in IP00 Open Chassis Configuration

3-phase AC Input
L1 L2 L3

AC Line Switchgear

Input

Input

Breaker

Contactor

Q0

Fuses

K1

F1.1...F1.3

Customer Supplies these
Parts

LCL Filter (L1)

U2 V2 W2

C1

C4

C2

C5

C3

C6

AFE Power Structure (U1)

PE

U1

U DC+

V1

DC-

W1 PE

V DC+ DC-

PE

W DC+

PE

DC-

DC Fuses
F2.1 F2.2 F2.3 F2.4 F2.5 F2.6

Precharge Fuses F5

Precharge Contactor

Precharge Circuit

DC Bus Output
Customer Supplies these
Parts

PowerFlex Active Front End System
Customer Supplies these Parts

K6 R6.1
+ -
Customer Supplies the Enclosure

18

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

1 Chapter
AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

This chapter provides information on how to install and wire the PowerFlex® Active Front End in an IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure. For information on how to install and wire the AFE in an IP21 Rittal enclosure, see Chapter 2.

Topic

Page

Main Component Sections

20

Main Component Locations

22

Mounting Considerations

24

AC Supply Source Considerations

26

Grounding Requirements

27

Fuses and Circuit Breakers

29

Power Wiring

29

Disconnect the Common Mode Capacitors 37

Use the AFE with PowerFlex Drives

39

Control Wiring

40

Precharging the AFE

47

CE Conformity

49

Most start-up difficulties are the result of incorrect wiring. Verify that the wiring is done as instructed. Read and understand the instructions before you begin to installation the AFE.
ATTENTION: The following information is a guide for proper installation. Rockwell Automation does not assume responsibility for the compliance or the noncompliance to any code, national, local, or otherwise, for the proper installation of this 700AFE or associated equipment. A hazard of personal injury and/or equipment damage exists if codes are ignored during installation.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

19

Chapter 1 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Main Component Sections

This section describes the main component sections of AFE Frame 10 and Frame 13 systems in an IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure.

Frame 10
Figure 6 shows a basic one-line diagram for an AFE Frame 10 in an IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure. The main component sections consist of the following items:
· AC line switchgear consisting of the input circuit breaker (Q0), fuses (F1.1...F1.3), and input contactor (K1)
· LCL filter (L1) · Precharge circuit · AFE power structure (U1) with AFE control assembly · DC fuses (F2.1 and F2.2)
Figure 6 - Basic One-line Diagram for a Frame 10 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

3-phase AC Input
L1 L2 L3

AC Line Switchgear

Input

Input

Breaker

Contactor

Q0

Fuses

K1

F1.1...F1.3

LCL Filter (L1)

U2 V2 W2

C1

C4

C2

C5

C3

C6

AFE

DC

Power Structure (U1)

Fuses

U1

U1 U

V1

V

F2.1

W1

DC+

W

F2.2

PE

DC-

PE

Factory-installed Common Mode
Core
DC Bus Output

Precharge Fuses F5

Precharge Contactor

Precharge Circuit

PowerFlex Active Front End System

K6
R6.1 + R6.2 -

20

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

3-phase AC Input
L1 L2 L3

AC Line Switchgear

Input

Input

Breaker

Contactor

Q0

Fuses

K1

F1.1...F1.3

AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 1

Frame 13
Figure 7 shows a basic one-line diagram for an AFE Frame 13 in an IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure. The main component sections consist of the following items:
· AC line switchgear consisting of the input circuit breaker (Q0), fuses (F1.1...F1.3), and input contactor (K1)
· LCL filter (L1) · Precharge circuit · AFE power structure (U1) with AFE control assembly · DC fuses (F2.1...F2.6)
Figure 7 - Basic One-line Diagram for a Frame 13 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

LCL Filter (L1)

U2 V2 W2

C1

C4

C2

C5

C3

C6

Precharge Fuses F5

Precharge Contactor

AFE

DC

Power Structure (U1)

Fuses

PE

U1

F2.1 U DC+

V1

DC-

W1

F2.2

PE

F2.3

V DC+

DC-

F2.4

PE

F2.5

W DC+

PE

DC-

F2.6

Precharge Circuit

Factory-installed Common Mode
Core
DC Bus Output

PowerFlex Active Front End System

K6
R6.1 + -

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

21

Chapter 1 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring
Main Component Locations This section shows the main component locations for AFE Frame 10 and
Frame 13 systems in an IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure.

Frame 10

Figure 8 shows the main components of the AFE Frame 10 system in an IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure.

Figure 8 - AFE Frame 10 Main Component Locations in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

Front View (shown with enclosure doors closed)

Front View (shown with enclosure doors removed)

1 1

4

8

7

2

3

5

6

Item Description

1

Precharge circuit and precharge resistor

2

LCL filter (L1)

3

Active Front End power structure (U1)

4

Input circuit breaker

5

AC line switchgear Input fuses

6

Input contactor

7

DC fuses

8

AFE control assembly (on the AFE door and shown with user-installed Human

Interface Module [HIM])

22

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Front View

(reduced size - shown with

enclosure doors closed)

2

9

AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 1
Frame 13
Figure 9 shows the main components of the AFE Frame 13 system in an IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure.
Figure 9 - AFE Frame 13 Main Component Locations in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure Front View
(shown with enclosure doors removed)
8

5
4 6

7

3

1

Item Description

1

Precharge circuit

2

Precharge resistor

3

LCL filter (L1)

4

Active Front End power structure (U1)

5

Input circuit breaker

6

AC line switchgear Input fuses

7

Input contactor

8

DC fuses

9

AFE control assembly (on the AFE door and shown with user-installed HIM)

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

23

Chapter 1 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Mounting Considerations

When mounting the Active Front End, consider the following information.

Operating Temperatures

Frame Size
10 13 (1)

Surrounding Air Temperature (2) Normal Duty Heavy Duty

0...40 °C (32...104 °F)

0...40 °C (32...104 °F)

Minimum Airflow
Power Module 1400 m3/hr (824 cfm) 4200 m3/hr (2472 cfm)

LCL Filter 1100 m3/hr (647 cfm) 1300 m3/hr (765 cfm)

(1) The Frame 13 690V AFE has only normal duty operation at nominal rated power and maximum ambient temperature at 35 °C (95 °F).
(2) For an AFE in the IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure, this air means surrounding the outside of the enclosure.

Minimum Mounting Clearances

Figure 10 - Frame 10 in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

50 mm (2.0 in.)
Clearance to Wall

Top View

50 mm (2.0 in.)
Clearance to Wall

565.9 mm (22 in.) Door Swing Clearance

200 mm
(7.87 in.) Height Clearance

Front View

24

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 1

Figure 11 - Frame 13 in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

73 mm (2.9 in.)
Clearance to Wall

Top View

27 mm (1.0 in.)
Clearance to Wall

591.5 mm

790.2 mm

(23 in.)

990.2 mm

(31 in.) Door Swing Clearance

(39 in.) Door Swing Clearance

Door Swing Clearance

200 mm (7.87 in.) Height Clearance

Front View

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

25

Chapter 1 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

AC Supply Source Considerations

The AFE Frame 10 or Frame 13 in an IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering these ratings:
· 100,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 400/480V · 65,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 600/690V
The AFE must not be used on undersized or high-impedance supply systems. The supply system kVA must be equal to or greater than the drive-related kW, and the system impedance must be less than 10%. Operation outside these limits can cause instability that results in the shutdown of the AFE.
System Impedance = (PowerFlex 700AFE kVA ÷ Transformer kVA) x Transformer % Impedance
You must consider the kVA of all PowerFlex AFEs on the distribution system and the system impedance of upstream transformers.
ATTENTION: To guard against personal injury and equipment damage that is caused by improper fusing or circuit breaker selection, use only the recommended line fuses or circuit breakers that are specified in Appendix A.
If a residual current detector (RCD) is used as a system ground fault monitor, use only Type B (adjustable) devices to avoid nuisance tripping.

Unbalanced, Ungrounded, or Resistive Grounded Distribution Systems
If phase-to-ground voltage exceeds 125% of normal, or the supply system is ungrounded, see Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC Drives, publication DRIVES-IN001, for more information.
ATTENTION: The PowerFlex Active Front End is not designed to be used on IT (insulated tera) or corner-grounded power networks above 600V (phase-tophase voltage). Operation on such a network can cause a hazardous failure of the insulation system of the AFE.
ATTENTION: The LCL filter of the PowerFlex Active Front End contains common mode capacitors that are referenced to ground. These devices must be disconnected if the AFE is installed on a resistive grounded distribution system or an ungrounded distribution system. See Figure 20 on page 38 or Figure 21 on page 39 for jumper locations.

26

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 1
Input Power Conditioning
These events on the power system that supplies an AFE can cause component damage or shortened product life:
· The power system has power factor correction capacitors that are switched in and out of the system, either by you or by the power company.
· The power source has intermittent voltage spikes in excess of 6000 volts. These spikes can be caused by other equipment on the line or by events such as lightning strikes.
· The power source has frequent interruptions.

Grounding Requirements

The Active Front End safety ground-PE must be connected to system ground. Ground impedance must conform to the requirements of national and local industrial safety regulations and electrical codes. Periodically check the integrity of all ground connections.

Recommended Grounding Scheme
For installations in which the AFE is within an enclosure, use one safety ground point or ground bus bar connected directly to building steel. All circuits including the AC input ground conductor must be grounded independently and directly to this point or ground bus bar.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

27

Chapter 1 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Figure 12 - Typical Grounding Example for AFE Frame 10 in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

R (L1), S (L2), T (L3)

To Line PE

PowerFlex 750-Series Drive or PowerFlex 7-Class Drive (can be on the right or left side of the AFE; PowerFlex 755 Frame 8 drive is shown on the right side).
Customer wiring or DC bus bar splice is required to connect the AFE to the drive.

DC+

DC+

DC-

DC-

U (T1), V (T2), W (T3)

PE PowerFlex AFE Frame 10

PE
PE
SHLD

Figure 13 - Typical Grounding Example for AFE Frame 13 in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure R (L1), S (L2), T (L3)

To Line PE

PowerFlex 750-Series Drive or PowerFlex 7-Class Drive (can be on the right or left side of the AFE; PowerFlex 755 Frame 8 drive is shown on right side).

DC+

DC+

DC-

DC-

Customer wiring or DC bus bar splice is required to connect the AFE to the drive.
U (T1), V (T2), W (T3)

PE PowerFlex AFE Frame 13

PE
PE
SHLD

28

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 1
Safety Ground - PE and Shield Termination - SHLD
This ground is the safety ground for the AFE that code requires. This point must be connected to adjacent building steel (girder or joist), a floor ground rod, or bus bar (see Figure 13). Grounding points must comply with national and local industrial safety regulations and/or electrical codes.
The Shield terminal (Figure 16 or Figure 17) provides a grounding point for the AFE cable shield. It must be connected to an earth ground by a separate continuous lead. The drive cable shield must be connected to this terminal on the AFE end and the drive frame on the drive end. Use a shield terminating or EMI clamp to connect the shield to this terminal.

Fuses and Circuit Breakers

The IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure for the AFE includes AC input fuses, input circuit breaker (Q0), an input contactor (K1), and DC bus output fusing. The contactor is used for precharge operation. For details on precharge operation, see page 47. For fuse and circuit breaker information, see Appendix A. Local and national electrical codes can determine additional requirements for the installations.

Power Wiring

Most start-up difficulties are the result of incorrect wiring. Verify that the wiring is done as instructed. Read and understand the instructions before you begin to installation the AFE.
ATTENTION: The following information is a guide for proper installation. Rockwell Automation does not assume responsibility for the compliance or noncompliance to any code, national, local, or otherwise, for the proper installation of this unit or associated equipment. A risk of personal injury and/ or equipment damage exists if codes are ignored during installation.

Power Cable Types Acceptable for 400...690 Volt Installations
ATTENTION: National Codes and standards (NEC, VDE, CSA, BSI, and so forth) and local codes outline provisions for safely installing electrical equipment. Installation must comply with specifications regarding wire types, conductor sizes, branch circuit protection, and disconnect devices. Failure to do so can result in personal injury and/or equipment damage.
Various cable types are acceptable for PowerFlex Active Front End installations. For many installations, unshielded cable is adequate, provided it can be separated from sensitive circuits. As an approximate guide, use a spacing of 0.3 meters (1 ft) for every 10 meters (32.8 ft) of length. In all cases, avoid long parallel runs. Do not use cable with an insulation thickness less than or equal to 15 mils (0.4mm/0.015 in.). Use only copper wire. Wire gauge requirements

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

29

Chapter 1 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring
and recommendations are based on 7 5°C (167 °F). Do not reduce wire gauge when using higher temperature wire.

Unshielded Cable
THHN, THWN, or similar wire is acceptable for PowerFlex Active Front End installation in dry environments provided adequate free air space and/or conduit fill rate limits are provided. Do not use THHN or similarly coated wire in wet areas. Any wire that is chosen must have a minimum insulation thickness of 15 mils and cannot have large variations in insulation concentricity.

Shielded Cable
Shielded cable contains the general benefits of multi-conductor cable with the added benefit of a copper braided shield. The shield can contain much of the noise that is generated by a typical AC drive. Shielded cable is recommended in installations with sensitive equipment such as weigh scales, capacitive proximity switches, and other devices affected by electrical noise in the distribution system.
Applications with large numbers of drives in a similar location, imposed EMC regulations, or a high degree of communication and networking are also good candidates for shielded cable.
Consider the general specifications that are dictated by the environment of the installation, including temperature, flexibility, moisture characteristics, and chemical resistance. Also, include a braided shield that is specified by the manufacturer as having coverage of at least 75%. An additional foil shield can improve noise containment.
A good example of recommended cable is Belden 29528 - 29532 (AWG-1 through AWG-410). This cable has three XLPE insulated conductors plus ground with a spiral copper shield that is surrounded by a PVC jacket.

Armored Cable

Cable with continuous aluminum armor is often recommended in drive system applications or specific industries. It offers most of the advantages of standard shielded cable and also combines considerable mechanical strength and resistance to moisture. It can be installed in concealed and exposed manners, and removes the requirement for conduit (EMT) in the installation. It can also be directly buried or embedded in concrete.
Because noise containment is affected by incidental grounding of the armor to building steel when the cable is mounted, we recommend that the armored cable has an overall PVC jacket. See Chapter 2, `Wire Types' in Wiring and

30

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 1

Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC Drives, publication DRIVES-IN001.

Interlocked armor is acceptable for shorter cable runs, but continuous welded armor is preferred.

Best performance is achieved with three spaced ground conductors, but acceptable performance below 200 Hp is provided by use of one ground conductor.

Recommended shielded/armored wire is listed in Table 1.

Table 1 - Recommended Shielded/Armored Wire for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

Location Standard (option 1)
Standard (option 2)
Class I & II; Division I & II

Rating/Type
1000V, 90 °C (194 °F) XHHW2/RHW-2 Anixter B29528-B29532 Belden 29528-29532 Or equivalent
Tray rated 1000V, 90 °C (194 °F) RHH/RHW-2 Anixter OLFLEX-76xxx03 Or equivalent
Tray rated 1000V, 90 °C (194 °F) RHH/RHW-2 Anixter 7VFD-xxxx Or equivalent

Description
· Four tinned copper conductors with XLPE insulation. · Copper braid/aluminum foil combination shield and
tinned copper drain wire. · PVC jacket.
· Three tinned copper conductors with XLPE insulation. · Corrugated copper tape with three bare copper grounds
in contact with shield. · PVC jacket.
· Three bare copper conductors with XLPE insulation and impervious corrugated continuously welded aluminum armor.
· Black sunlight resistant PVC jacket overall. · Three copper grounds.

Cable Trays and Conduit
ATTENTION: To avoid a possible shock hazard that is caused by induced voltages, unused wires in the conduit must be grounded at both ends. For the same reason, if a drive that shares a conduit is being serviced or installed, all drives that use this conduit must be disabled. Disable the drives to help minimize the possible shock hazard from `cross coupled' motor leads.
If cable trays or large conduits are used, see the guidelines in Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC Drives, publication DRIVES-IN001.

Select and Verify Control Transformer Voltage
The control transformer in the AFE is used to match the input AC line voltage of the AFE in an IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure to the 230V and 120V control voltage.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

31

Chapter 1 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Frame 10 (shown with enclosure
doors removed)

Verify that the control voltage is set appropriately for the supplied AC line voltage. If necessary, use this procedure to change the control voltage.

1. Locate the X3 terminal block (Figure 14).

Figure 14 - X3 Terminal Block Location for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

X3 Terminal BXl3ocTkerLmocinaatilon Block Location

Frame 13 (shown with enclosure
doors removed)

Front View

X3 Terminal Block Location
Front View
2. To match the AC line voltage, move the wire that is shown in Figure 15 to the appropriate X3 terminal.

32

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 1 Figure 15 - Input Voltage Setting for Control Voltage on Frames 10 and 13 in IP20 2500
MCC Style Enclosure For 400/480V or 600/690VAC Input
400 480 600 690
Move this wire to the terminal that matches the AC line voltage.

X3 Terminal Block

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

33

Chapter 1 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Power Terminals for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

Figure 16 and Figure 17 show the power terminal locations and specifications for AFE Frames 10 and 13 in an IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure.

Figure 16 - AFE Frame 10 Power Terminal Locations in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

Shown with

enclosure doors

and side removed.

2

1

2

4

4

4

3

Front View

Right Side View

Table 2 - AFE Frame 10 Power Terminal Specifications in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

Item Name

Frame Description

1 Input power terminals 10 L1, L2, L3 (1)
2 SHLD terminal, line PE, ground (3) 10
3 SHLD terminal, motor PE, ground (3)
4 DC bus (3) (DC­, DC+) 10

Input power Terminating point for wiring shields DC output (using cable)

DC output (using splice kit SK-Y1-BUSSPLICE-F10)

Wire Size Range (1) (2)

Max

Min

240 mm2 95 mm2 (500 MCM) (3/O AWG)

Torque Recommended 40 N·m (354 lb·in)

Terminal Bolt Size(3) (4) N/A

300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N·m (600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb·in)

M5-M10

240 mm2 2.1 mm2 70 N·m

M12

(500 MCM) (14 AWG) (620 lb·in)

--

--

40 N·m

M10

(354 lb·in)

(1) Maximum/minimum sizes that the terminals can accept. These sizes are not recommendations. (2) Do not exceed maximum wire size. Parallel connections can be required. (3) These connections are bus bar type terminations and require the use of lug type connectors. (4) Apply counter-torque to the nut on the other side of terminations when tightening or loosening the terminal bolt to avoid damage to the terminal.

34

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 1 Figure 17 - AFE Frame 13 Power Terminal Locations in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure
Shown with enclosure doors and side removed.
2 1
4

3

Front View

Right Side View

Table 3 - AFE Frame 13 Power Terminal Specifications in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

Item Name

Frame Description

1 Input power terminals 13 L1, L2, L3 (1)
2 SHLD terminal, line PE, ground (3) 13
3 SHLD terminal, motor PE, ground (3)
4 DC bus (3) (DC­, DC+) 13

Input power Terminating point for wiring shields DC output (using cable)

DC output (using right-side splice kit SK-Y1-BUSSPLICE-F13R)
DC output (using left-side splice kit SK-Y1-BUSSPLICE-F13L)

Wire Size Range (1) (2)

Max

Min

380 mm2 53 mm2 (750 MCM) (1/O AWG)

Torque Recommended 50 N·m (442 lb·in)

Terminal Bolt Size(3) (4) N/A

300 mm2 2.1 mm2 40 N·m (600 MCM) (14 AWG) (354 lb·in)

M5-M10

380 mm2 2.1 mm2 70 N·m

M12

(750 MCM) (14 AWG) (620 lb·in)

--

--

--

--

40 N·m (354 lb·in)

M10

(1) Maximum/minimum sizes that the terminals can accept. These sizes are not recommendations. (2) Do not exceed maximum wire size. Parallel connections can be required. (3) These connections are bus bar type terminations and require the use of lug type connectors. (4) Apply counter-torque to the nut on the other side of terminations when tightening or loosening the terminal bolt to avoid damage to the terminal.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

35

Chapter 1 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring
Route the AC Input, Ground (PE), and DC Bus Output Wiring for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure
ATTENTION: To minimize disruption of airflow through the enclosure and avoid overheating within the AFE enclosure, remove only the minimum area that is needed to route the power cables. When you remove any of the five side cover-plates (shaded areas that are shown in Figure 18) for routing the AC input, ground (PE), and DC bus output wiring, always use the barrier kit, catalog number SK-Y1-MCCBARRIER, to maintain airflow integrity through the enclosure. When you remove sections for routing in other areas, airflow is disrupted throughout the enclosure, and causes overheating.
Frame 10
The AC input and ground (PE) wiring for the IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure must be routed through the top of the enclosure.
The DC bus output can be routed through either the left or right side of the enclosure (see shaded areas in Figure 18).
Figure 18 - Routing Areas for AC Input, Ground, and DC Bus Output Wiring for AFE Frame 10 in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure
Area for routing AC input and ground (PE) connections.

Shaded areas for routing DC bus output connections ­ on either the left or right side of the enclosure.
When the side cover plate is removed for DC bus routing, always use the barrier kit, catalog number SK-Y1-MCCBARRIER, to maintain proper airflow in the AFE enclosure and help to prevent overheating.

Frame 13
The AC input and ground (PE) wiring for the IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure must be routed through the top of the enclosure.

36

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 1
The DC bus output can be routed through either the left or right side of the enclosure (see shaded area in Figure 19).
Figure 19 - Routing Areas for AC Input, Ground, and DC Bus Output Wiring for AFE Frame 13 in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure
Area for routing AC input and ground (PE) connections.

Shaded areas for routing DC bus output connections ­ on either the left or right side of the enclosure.
When the side cover-plate is removed for DC bus routing, always use the barrier kit, catalog number SK-Y1MCCBARRIER, to maintain proper airflow in the AFE enclosure and help to prevent overheating.

Disconnect the Common Mode Capacitors

Frame 10 LCL Filter
The Frame 10 AFE LCL filter contains common mode capacitors that are referenced to ground. To guard against AFE damage, disconnect these devices if the AFE is installed in either of these systems:
· A high-resistance grounded distribution system · An ungrounded distribution system where the line-to-ground voltages
on any phase exceed 125% of the nominal line-to-line voltage.
To access the common mode capacitors, the LCL filter must be removed from the enclosure. To remove the Frame 10 AFE LCL filter from the IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure, see the instructions in the PowerFlex Active Front End--Frame 10 Hardware Service Manual, publication 20Y-TG001.
ATTENTION: To avoid an electric shock hazard, verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before you remove or install any jumpers. Check the DC bus voltage between the +DC and ­DC terminals, between the +DC terminal and the chassis, and between the ­DC terminal and the chassis. The voltage must be zero for all three measurements.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

37

Chapter 1 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Right Side View of LCL Filter

To disconnect the common mode capacitors, remove the jumpers that are shown in Figure 20. For more information on ungrounded system installation, see Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC Drives, publication DRIVES-IN001.
Figure 20 - AFE Frame 10 LCL Filter Common Mode Capacitor Jumper Locations
Remove Three Jumpers

Remove Three Jumpers

Frame 13 LCL Filter
The Frame 13 AFE LCL filter contains common mode capacitors that are referenced to ground. To guard against AFE damage, disconnect these devices if the AFE is installed in either of these systems:
· A high-resistance grounded distribution system · An ungrounded distribution system where the line-to-ground voltages
on any phase exceed 125% of the nominal line-to-line voltage.
To remove the AFE Frame 13 LCL filter from the IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure, see the instructions in the PowerFlex Active Front End--Frame 13 Hardware Service Manual, publication 20Y-TG002.
ATTENTION: To avoid an electric shock hazard, verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before you remove or install any jumpers. Check the DC bus voltage between the +DC and ­DC terminals, between the +DC terminal and the chassis, and between the ­DC terminal and the chassis. The voltage must be zero for all three measurements.

38

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 1
To disconnect the common mode capacitors, remove the upper guard and then remove the jumpers that are shown in Figure 21. For more information on ungrounded system installation, see Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC Drives, publication DRIVES-IN001.
Figure 21 - AFE Frame 13 LCL Filter Common Mode Capacitor Jumper Locations
Remove Three Jumpers
Remove Three Jumpers

Front View of LCL Filter

Frame 10 or Frame 13 Power Structure

IMPORTANT

The Frame 10 or Frame 13 AFE in an IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure is shipped from the factory with the common mode capacitors removed. You do not need to remove the capacitors. However, when you replace a power structure, you must remove the common mode capacitors in the new power structure before installation. See Frame 10 Power Structure on page 72 or Frame 13 Power Structure on page 73 for instructions.

Use the AFE with PowerFlex Drives

When the Active Front End is used with drives that have common mode capacitors (for example, PowerFlex 7-Class or PowerFlex 750-Series drives), the common mode capacitors of these drives must be disconnected. See the documentation for the respective drives.

When supplying power to PowerFlex drives of different frame sizes on the same DC bus, additional bus capacitance can be needed. For details, see Drives in Common Bus Configurations, publication DRIVES-AT002.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

39

Chapter 1 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Control Wiring

The AFE in an IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure is wired at the factory and programmed to operate from the operator switches on the front of the enclosure. See Table 7 and Figure 23 for I/O terminal designations. If customized (or remote) control is required, then you must change the control wiring and correspondent digital I/O parameter setting.
Here are some important points to remember about I/O wiring:
· Always use copper wire.
· Wire with an insulation rating of 600V or greater is recommended.
· Control and signal wires must be separated from power wires by at least 0.3 meters (1 foot).
· When it is unavoidable to cross control and signal wires with power wires, always cross power wires at a 90° angle.
IMPORTANT I/O terminals that are labeled `(­)' or `Common' are not referenced to earth ground. They are designed to reduce common mode interference. Grounding these terminals can cause signal noise.

ATTENTION: Inputs must be configured with software and jumpers (see Analog I/O Configuration on page 46). If you configure an analog input for 0...20 mA operation and drive it from a voltage source, you can cause component damage. Verify proper configuration before you apply input signals.

ATTENTION: It is important to disable the variable frequency drives that are connected to the AFE output when the AFE is not active (not modulating). Connect the 'Inverter Enable' output of the AFE to each variable frequency drive enable input, or enable parameter 132 [Contact Off Cnfg] to force off the main contactor if there is a fault. This action makes sure that once the AFE stops modulating, there is no motoring current flowing through the AFE IGBT diodes. Failure to disable the AFE output can result in component damage or a reduction in product life.
When you enable parameter 132, see page 109 for details. The AFE is shipped with parameter 132 disabled. The disabled parameter does not stop or shut down DC output when a fault occurs.

40

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 1

For jumper configurations,

see Table 8 on page 46.

J4

J3

J2

J1

Signal and Control Wire Types

Table 4 - Recommended Signal Wire for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

Signal Type Analog I/O

Wire Types
Belden 8760/9460 (or equivalent) Belden 8770 (or equivalent)

Description
0.5 mm2 (22 AWG), twisted pair, 100% shield with drain(1) 0.5 mm2 (22 AWG), 3-conductor, shielded for remote pot only

Minimum Insulation Rating
300V, 75...90 °C (167...194 °F)

EMC compliance See CE Conformity on page 49 for details.

(1) If the wires are short and contained within an enclosure that has no sensitive circuits, the use of shielded wire is not necessary, but is always recommended.

Table 5 - Recommended Control Wire for Digital I/O

Type
Unshielded Shielded

Wire Types

Description

Per US NEC or applicable national or local code --

Multi-conductor shielded cable such as Belden 0.5 mm2(22 AWG),

8770 (or equivalent)

3-conductor, shielded

Minimum Insulation Rating
300V, 60 °C (140 °F)

Figure 22 - Door Control Box I/O Terminal Blocks and Jumpers

J5

1 2 3
Components that are mounted on inside of AFE enclosure (see Figure 14 for location).
4 (X3 Terminals)

Door Control Box Components

X3 Term. No. 57 and 60
58 and 61
63 and 64 65 and 66 400 and 480 600 and 690

Default --
--
-- -- 480 690

Description Remote momentary pulse of 0.4...1.0 sec. across these terminals starts precharge in REM mode when terminals 58 and 61 are remotely closed. These terminals must be remotely closed to start precharge. Opening these terminals opens the main contactor K1. Remotely closing these terminals resets an AFE fault. AFE run signal to the inverter enable input.
Control input voltage setting.

See Table 6 for door-control box item number descriptions and specifications.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

41

Chapter 1 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

I/O Terminal Blocks

Table 6 - Door Control Box I/O Terminal Block Specifications for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

No. Name

Description

Wire Size Range (1)

Torque

Max

Min

Max

1 Analog I/O

Analog I/O signals

2.5 mm2 0.5 mm2 0.2 N·m (14 AWG) (22 AWG) 1.8 lb·in

2 Digital inputs Digital input signals 2.5 mm2 0.5 mm2 0.2 N·m (14 AWG) (22 AWG) 1.8 lb·n

3 Digital outputs Digital out relays

2.5 mm2 0.5 mm2 0.5 N·m (14 AWG) (22 AWG) 4.5 lb·in

4 Control terminal Customer input and 2.5 mm2 0.5 mm2 0.8 N·m

output control

(14 AWG) (22 AWG) 7.1 lb·in

(1) Maximum/minimum that the terminal block can accept. These sizes are not recommendations.

Recommended
0.2 N·m 1.8 lb·in
0.2 N·m 1.8 lb·in
0.5 N·m 4.5 lb·in
0.8 N·m 7.1 lb·in

42

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 1
I/O Cable Grounding
When installing shielded multi-conductor cable for analog and digital I/O, strip the cable from the terminal plug so you can fix it to the cable clamp for grounding.

Position the exposed shield so the clamp grips it.
IMPORTANT: This clamp is not designed for strain relief.
ATTENTION: For the AFE in the IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure, digital inputs 1, 3, 4, and 5, and digital outputs 1 and 2, are wired at the factory and programmed to operate from the controls on the front of the enclosure. Digital output 3 is programmable and factory-wired for +24V DC only. Do not change the wiring and programming for those digital inputs and outputs, or it results in malfunction of the system.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

43

Chapter 1 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Table 7 - Door Control Box I/O Terminal Designations for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

No. Signal

Default

Description

Configuration

1 Analog In 1 (­)(1)

(2)

1

2 Analog In 1 (+)(1)

3 Analog In 2 (­)(1)

Isolated (3), bipolar, differential,
9-bit and sign, 88k  input impedance.
A jumper (see Table 8) selects 0...10V, ±10V, or 4...20 mA.

4 Analog In 2 (+)(1)

Default: 0...10V (Ri = 200k ), 4...20 mA (Ri = 100 ohm).

10 20

5 ­10V Pot Reference

--

6 Pot Common (GND)

2k  min, 10 mA max load, 1% accuracy For (+) and (­) 10V pot references

7 +10V Pot Reference

--

8 Analog Out 1 (+)

(2)

9 Analog Out Common

10 Analog Out 2 (+)

2k  min, 10 mA max load, 1% accuracy
Bipolar (current out is not bipolar), 9-bit and sign, 2k  min load. A jumper (see Table 8) selects 0...10V, ±10V, or 4...20 mA.

11 Digital In 1 12 Digital In 2 13 Digital In 3 14 Digital In 4 15 Digital In 5 16 Digital In 6/Hardware
Enable, see page 46

RunCmd Ext. Reset Enable Mcont Contactor Ack LCL Temp

24V DC - Opto isolated (250V)
Low state: less than 5V DC
High state: greater than 20V DC, 11.2 mA DC
Enable: digital input 6 is jumper selectable for HW Enable.
On-time: < 16.7 ms, Off-Time < 1 ms

17 Digital In Common

Allows source or sink operation

18

19 +24V DC (4)

--

Unit supplied logic input power

20 24V Common(4)

--

Common for internal power supply

21 Digital Out 1 ­ N.C.(5) Contact Ctrl

Max Resistive Load:

21

22 Digital Out 1 Common

23 Digital Out 1 ­ N.O.(5)

240V AC/30V DC ­ 1200VA, 150 W Max current: 5 A, Min Load: 10 mA Max. Inductive Load:

24 Digital Out 2 ­ N.C.(5) Fault
26
25 Digital Out 2/3 Com.
26 Digital Out 3 ­ N.O.(5) (6) Active

240V AC/30V DC ­ 840VA, 105 W
Max current: 3.5 A, Min Load: 10 mA
IMPORTANT: See the Attention above this table for more details.

(1) Important: Input must be configured with a jumper. AFE damage can occur if jumper is not installed properly. See Analog I/O Configuration on page 46.
(2) These inputs/outputs are dependent on a number of parameters. (3) Differential Isolation - External source must be maintained at less than 160V regarding PE. Input provides high common mode
immunity. (4) 150 mA maximum load. Can be used to provide control power from an external 24V source when main power is not applied. (5) Contacts in unpowered state. Any relay that is programmed as Fault or Alarm energizes (pick up) when power is applied to the
AFE, and de-energizes (drop out) when a fault or alarm exists. Relays selected for other functions energize only when that condition exists and de-energizes when the condition is removed. (6) These sizes are not recommendationsWhen this output is configured as active, it can be wired to the Enable input of the connected drives to prevent the AFE from supplying power when the AFE is not running.

44

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 1
Typical I/O Wiring
The IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure for the AFE is wired at the factory and programmed to operate from the operator switches on the front of the enclosure. The AFE in the IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure has an input contactor K1. The AFE is configured to run when precharge is complete, the contactor is closed, and no faults are present. Figure 23 shows the factoryinstalled wiring.
Figure 23 - Factory-installed Wiring Diagram for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

Fault Reset AFE On Remote Fault Reset (optional) Input Contactor On Request Input Contactor Acknowledge LCL OverTemp AFE Ready 24V to LCL AFE Fault

X3(64)

3

S11

See Analog I/O Configuration on page 46 for jumper settings.

4 X3(63)

14 13

K20 K1

11 14

K4
H3.1 2 READY 1

K4

H5

2

FAULT 1

20C-DA1-A Slot A (A11)

20C-DO1 Slot B (A12)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
AIA1- AIA1+ AIA2- AIA2+ -10Vref PotGND +10Vref AOUT1 AOUTC AOUT2 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 D_COM D_COM +24V 24VCOM

HIM Cradle (A14)

20C-DPI1 Slot E (A13)

Input

R1

R1 Contactor

21 22 23 Control

R2

R3

24 25 26

Input Contactor Close Input Contactor Supply

Fault Relay 4
24V
Charging 1 Interlocker 2

K4 X3(66) X3(65)
24V DC To User-supplied Drive Inverter Enable Input

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

45

Chapter 1 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Analog I/O Configuration

IMPORTANT Analog I/O must be configured through programming, and the jumpers shown in Table 8. See Figure 22 for jumper locations and Table 8 for I/O jumper configurations.

Table 8 - I/O Configuration for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

Signal
Analog inputs

Jumper
J1 (analog in 1) J2 (analog in 2)

Setting 0...20 mA

J1

J2

ABCD ABCD

0...10V

J1

J2

ABCD ABCD

±10V

J1

J2

ABCD ABCD

Analog outputs

J3 (analog out 1) J4 (analog out 2)

0...20 mA

J3

J4

ABCD ABCD

0...10V

J3

J4

ABCD ABCD

±10V

J3

J4

ABCD ABCD

Hardware Enable Circuitry

ATTENTION: For the AFE in the IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure, digital inputs 1, 3, 4, and 5, and digital outputs 1 and 2, are wired at the factory and programmed to operate from the controls on the front of the enclosure. Do not change the wiring and programming for those digital inputs and outputs, or it results in malfunction of the system.

You can program a digital input as an Enable input. The AFE software interprets the status of this input. If the application requires the AFE to be disabled without software interpretation, a dedicated hardware enable configuration can be used.

Remove jumper J5 (Figure 22) and wire the enable input to Digital In 6 (see Table 9). Verify that [Digital In6 Sel], parameter 226, is set to `1' (Enable).

Table 9 - Hardware Enable Configuration for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

Signal
Hardware Enable

Jumper J5

Setting Hardware enable
J5 AB

Input programmable (no hardware enable)
J5 AB

46

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 1

Analog I/O Wiring Examples for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

Input/Output

Connection Example

Potentiometer unipolar DC volt reference
10k  Pot. recommended
(2k  Min)

3 4

6

6

7

Analog voltage input

unipolar DC volt reference

3 4

0...10V input

Analog current input

unipolar DC volt reference

3 4

4...20 mA input

Analog output
±10V, 4...20 mA bipolar +10V unipolar (shown)

­ +8
9

Required Parameter Changes
· Configure input for voltage: Parameter 200 and set appropriate jumper per Table 8.
· Adjust scaling: Parameters 80/81 and 204/205
· View results: Parameter 018
· Configure input for voltage: Parameter 200 and set appropriate jumper per Table 8.
· Adjust scaling: Parameters 80/81 and 204/205
· View results: Parameter 018
· Configure input for current: Parameter 200 and set appropriate jumper per Table 8.
· Adjust scaling: Parameters 80/81 and 204/205
· View results: Parameter 018.
· Configure with Parameter 207 and set appropriate jumper per Table 8.
· Select source value: Parameter 209 - [Analog Out1 Sel]
· Adjust scaling: Parameters 210/211

Precharging the AFE

This section contains important information about AFE precharging.

Introduction

An AFE in the IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure contains an internal precharging circuit. The precharging unit is used to charge the DC bus capacitors. The charging time depends on the capacitance of the intermediate circuit and the resistance of the charging resistors. Table 10 shows the technical specifications for the precharge in the AFE enclosure. For correct operation of the precharging circuit, verify that the input circuit breaker (Q0) is on, and the input contactor (K1) and precharging circuit contactor are controlled by the AFE.

Table 10 - Total DC Bus Capacitance Limits for Precharging Circuit of AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

Frame Size 10 13

Resistance 2 x 25  1 x 11  (3 x 3.67 )

Capacitance, min (1) 9900 F 29,700 F

Capacitance, max (2) 70,000 F 128,000 F

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

47

Chapter 1 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring
(1) The minimum capacitance is built into the AFE. (2) The maximum capacitance is the capacitance of the AFE plus the external capacitance.
ATTENTION: If the maximum capacitance is exceeded, component damage in AFE occurs.
Important Guidelines
Read and understand these guidelines: · If drives without internal precharge are used and a disconnect is installed between the input of the drive and the DC bus, you must use an external precharge circuit between the disconnect and the DC input of the drive. · If drives with internal precharge are used with a disconnect switch to the common bus, you must connect an auxiliary contact on the disconnect to a digital input of the drive. The corresponding input must be set to the `Precharge Enable' option. This option provides the proper precharge interlock, guarding against possible damage to the drive when connected to a common DC bus. · The precharge status of the AFE must be interlocked with the connected drives, such that the drives are disabled (not running) when the AFE is in a precharge state.

48

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

CE Conformity

AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 1
Conformity with the Low Voltage (LV) Directive and Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directive has been demonstrated by using harmonized European Norm (EN) standards that are published in the Official Journal of the European Communities. PowerFlex Active Front End units comply with the EN standards listed here when installed according to this User Manual and the PowerFlex Drive Reference Manual.
Declarations of Conformity are available online at this link:
http://www.rockwellautomation.com/certification/overview.page
Low Voltage Directive (2006/95/EC)
EN61800-5-1 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 5-1: Safety requirements ­ Electrical, thermal and energy.
EMC Directive (2004/108/EC)
EN61800-3 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 3: EMC product standard including specific test methods.
General Notes
· The AFE can cause radio frequency interference if used in a residential or domestic environment. You are required to take measures to help prevent interference, and follow the essential requirements for CE compliance that is listed here, if necessary.
· Conformity of the AFE with CE EMC requirements does not guarantee an entire machine or installation complies with CE EMC requirements. Many factors can influence total machine/installation compliance.
Essential Requirements for CE Compliance
Conditions 1...6 listed here must be satisfied for the PowerFlex Active Front End to meet the requirements of EN61800-3.
1. Use a standard PowerFlex Active Front End CE-compatible unit. 2. Review important precautions and attention statements throughout this
document before installing the Active Front End. 3. Grounding as described on page 27.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

49

Chapter 1 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring
4. Control (I/O) and signal wiring must be braided, shielded cable with a coverage of 75% or better, metal conduit, or have shielding/cover with equivalent attenuation.
5. All shielded cables must terminate with proper shielded connector. 6. Motor cables of DC input drives that are used with the AFE must be
shielded cable wire with a coverage of 75% or more, or must be inside metal conduit or have shielding/cover with equivalent attenuation.

50

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

2 Chapter

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/ Wiring

This chapter provides information on how to install and wire the PowerFlex® Active Front End in an IP21 Rittal enclosure. For information on how to install and wire the AFE in an IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure, see Chapter 1.

Topic

Page

Main Component Sections

52

Main Component Locations

54

Mounting Considerations

56

AC Supply Source Considerations

58

Grounding Requirements

59

Fuses and Circuit Breakers

62

Power Wiring

62

Disconnect the Common Mode Capacitors 69

Using the AFE with PowerFlex Drives

74

Control Wiring

74

Precharging the AFE

81

CE Conformity

82

Most start-up difficulties are the result of incorrect wiring. Verify that the wiring is done as instructed. Read and understand the instructions before you begin to installation the AFE.
ATTENTION: The following information is a guide for proper installation. Rockwell Automation does not assume responsibility for the compliance or the noncompliance to any code, national, local, or otherwise, for the proper installation of this 700AFE or associated equipment. A hazard of personal injury and/or equipment damage exists if codes are ignored during installation.
This section describes the main component sections and main component locations of AFE Frame 10 and Frame 13 systems in an IP21 Rittal enclosure.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

51

Chapter 2 AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Main Component Sections

This section describes the main component sections of AFE Frame 10 and Frame 13 systems in an IP21 Rittal enclosure.

Frame 10
Figure 24 shows a basic one-line diagram for an AFE Frame 10 in an IP21 Rittal enclosure. The main component sections consist of the following items:
· AC line switchgear consisting of the input disconnect (Q0) and MCCB motor-controlled circuit breaker (Q1)
· LCL filter (L1) · Precharge circuit · AFE power structure (U1) with AFE control assembly · DC fuses (F2.1 and F2.2)
Figure 24 - Basic One-line Diagram for an AFE Frame 10 in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

3-phase AC Input
L1 L2 L3

AC Line Switchgear

Q0

Q1

LCL Filter (L1)

U2 V2 W2

C1

C4

C2

C5

C3

C6

AFE

DC

Power Structure (U1)

Fuses

U1

U1 U

V1 W1

V

DC+

F2.1

W

F2.2

PE

DC-

PE

DC Bus Output

Motor Protection

Precharge Relay Precharge

Fuses

Contactor

Precharge Circuit

F6

Q5

K6

PowerFlex Active Front End System

R6.1 + R6.2 -

52

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 2
Frame 13
Figure 25 shows a basic one-line diagram for an AFE Frame 13 in an IP21 Rittal enclosure. The main component sections consist of the following items:
· AC line switchgear consisting of the input disconnect (Q0) and MCCB motor-controlled circuit breaker (Q1)
· LCL filter (L1) · Precharge circuit · AFE power structure (U1) with AFE control assembly · DC fuses (F2.1...F2.6)
Figure 25 - Basic One-line Diagram for an AFE Frame 13 in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

3-phase AC Input
L1 L2 L3

AC Line Switchgear

Q0

Q1

LCL Filter (L1)

U2 V2 W2

C1

C4

C2

C5

C3

C6

AFE Power Structure (U1)

PE

U1

U DC+

V1

DC-

W1 PE

V

DC+

DC-

PE

W DC+

PE

DC-

Motor Protection

Precharge Relay Precharge

Fuses

Contactor

Precharge Circuit

DC Fuses
F2.1 F2.2 F2.3 F2.4 F2.5 F2.6

DC Bus Output

F6

Q5

K6

PowerFlex Active Front End System

R6.1 + R6.2 -

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

53

Chapter 2 AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring
Main Component Locations This section shows the main component locations for AFE Frame 10 and
Frame 13 systems in an IP21 Rittal enclosure.

Frame 10

Figure 26 shows the main components of the AFE Frame 10 system in an IP21 Rittal enclosure.

Figure 26 - AFE Frame 10 Main Component Locations in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

Front View

1

(shown with enclosure doors removed)

7

3

2

4
5 6

Item Description

1

Precharge circuit

2

LCL filter (L1)

3

Active Front End power structure (U1)

4

AC line

Motor-controlled circuit breaker

5

switchgear Input disconnect

6

AFE control assembly (shown with user-installed HIM)

7

DC fuses

54

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 2
Frame 13
Figure 27 shows the main components of the AFE Frame 13 system in an IP21 Rittal enclosure.
Figure 27 - AFE Frame 13 Main Component Locations in IP21 Rittal Enclosure Front View
(shown with enclosure doors removed)

7
3 2
5 4
6

These components are on a subpanel that is mounted in front of the bus bars shown here.

1

Item Description

1

Precharge circuit

2

LCL filter (L1)

3

Active Front End power structure (U1)

4

AC line

Motor-controlled circuit breaker

5

switchgear

Input disconnect

6

AFE control assembly (shown with user-installed HIM)

7

DC fuses

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

55

Chapter 2 AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Mounting Considerations

When mounting the Active Front End, consider the following information.

Operating Temperatures

Frame Size
10 13 (1)

Surrounding Air Temperature (2)

Normal Duty Heavy Duty

0...40 °C (32...104 °F)

0...40 °C (32...104 °F)

Minimum Airflow
Power Module 1400 m3/hr (824 cfm) 4200 m3/hr (2472 cfm)

LCL Filter 1100 m3/hr (647 cfm) 1300 m3/hr (765 cfm)

(1) The Frame 13 690V AFE has only normal duty operation at nominal rated power and maximum ambient temperature at 35 °C (95 °F).
(2) For an AFE in the IP21 Rittal enclosure, this means air surrounding the module.

Minimum Mounting Clearances

Figure 28 - Frame 10 in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

50 mm (2.0 in.)
Clearance to Wall

Top View

50 mm (2.0 in.)
Clearance to Wall

400 mm (15.7 in.) Door Swing Clearance
200 mm (7.87 in.) Height Clearance

600 mm
(23.6 in.) Door Swing Clearance

Front View

56

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 2

Figure 29 - Frame 13 in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

50 mm (2.0 in.)
Clearance to Wall

Top View

50 mm (2.0 in.)
Clearance to Wall

200 mm (7.87 in.) Height Clearance

800 mm
(31.5 in.) Door Swing Clearance

Front View

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

57

Chapter 2 AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

AC Supply Source Considerations

The AFE Frame 10 or Frame 13 in an IP21 Rittal enclosure is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering up to a maximum of 100,000 rms symmetrical amperes, 600/690 volts, with recommended fuses or circuit breakers.
The AFE must not be used on undersized or high-impedance supply systems. The supply system kVA must be equal to or greater than the drive-related kW, and the system impedance must be less than 10%. Operation outside these limits can cause instability that results in AFE shutdown.
System Impedance = (PowerFlex 700AFE kVA ÷ Transformer kVA) x Transformer % Impedance
You must consider the kVA of all PowerFlex AFEs on the distribution system and the system impedance of upstream transformers.
ATTENTION: To guard against personal injury and equipment damage that is caused by improper fusing or circuit breaker selection, use only the recommended line fuses or circuit breakers that are specified in Appendix A.
If a residual current detector (RCD) is used as a system ground fault monitor, use only Type B (adjustable) devices to avoid nuisance tripping.

Unbalanced, Ungrounded, or Resistive Grounded Distribution Systems
If phase-to-ground voltage exceeds 125% of normal or the supply system is ungrounded, see Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC Drives, publication DRIVES-IN001, for more information.
ATTENTION: The PowerFlex Active Front End is not designed to be used on IT (insulated tera) or corner-grounded power networks above 600V (phase-tophase voltage). Operation on such a network can cause a hazardous failure of the insulation system of the AFE.
ATTENTION: The LCL filter of the PowerFlex Active Front End contains common mode capacitors that are referenced to ground. These devices must be disconnected if the AFE is installed on a resistive grounded distribution system or an ungrounded distribution system. See Figure 37 on page 70 or Figure 38 on page 70 for jumper locations.
ATTENTION: The power structure of the PowerFlex Active Front End in the IP21 Rittal enclosure contains common mode capacitors that must be disconnected, regardless of the application in which the AFE is used. For locations of the common mode capacitors and instructions to remove them, see Frame 10 Power Structure on page 72 or Frame 13 Power Structure on page 73.

58

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 2
Input Power Conditioning
These events on the power system that supplies an AFE can cause component damage or shortened product life:
· The power system has power factor correction capacitors that are switched in and out of the system, either by you or by the power company.
· The power source has intermittent voltage spikes in excess of 6000 volts. These spikes can be caused by other equipment on the line or by events such as lightning strikes.
· The power source has frequent interruptions.

Grounding Requirements

The Active Front End Safety Ground-PE must be connected to system ground. Ground impedance must conform to the requirements of national and local industrial safety regulations and/or electrical codes. Check the integrity of all ground connections periodically.

Recommended Grounding Scheme
For installations in which the AFE is within an enclosure, use one safety ground point or ground bus bar connected directly to building steel. All circuits including the AC input ground conductor must be grounded independently and directly to this point or ground bus bar.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

59

Chapter 2 AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Figure 30 - Typical Grounding Example for AFE Frame 10 in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

PowerFlex 700AFE (Frame 10 shown in IP21 Rittal enclosure)

PowerFlex 750-Series Drive or PowerFlex 7-Class Drive (PowerFlex 700S Frame 10 drive shown)

DC+

DC+

DC-

DC-

Customer wiring required to connect the AFE to the drive.

U (T1), V (T2), W (T3)

PE

PE

PE

SHLD R (L1), S (L2), T (L3)

To Line PE

Figure 31 - Typical Grounding Example for AFE Frame 13 in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

PowerFlex AFE Frame 13

PowerFlex 750-Series Drive or PowerFlex 7-Class Drive (PowerFlex 700S Frame 10 drive shown)

DC+

DC+

DC-

DC-

Customer wiring required to connect the AFE to the drive.

U (T1), V (T2), W (T3)

PE

PE

PE

SHLD

R (L1), S (L2), T (L3)

To Line PE

60

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 2
Safety Ground - PE
This ground is the safety ground for the AFE that code requires. This point must be connected to adjacent building steel (girder or joist), a floor ground rod, or bus bar (see Figure 31). Grounding points must comply with national and local industrial safety regulations and/or electrical codes.
Shield Termination - SHLD
The Shield terminal (Figure 34 or Figure 35) provides a grounding point for the AFE cable shield. It must be connected to an earth ground by a separate continuous lead. The drive cable shield must be connected to this terminal on the AFE end and the drive frame on the drive end. Use a shield terminating or EMI clamp to connect the shield to this terminal.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

61

Chapter 2 AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Fuses and Circuit Breakers

The IP21 Rittal enclosure for the AFE includes a motor-controlled circuit breaker (MCCB) and DC bus output fusing. The MCCB is used for precharge operation. For details on MCCB and precharge operation, see page 81. For fuse and circuit breaker information, see Appendix A. Local/national electrical codes can determine additional requirements for the installations.

Power Wiring

Most start-up difficulties are the result of incorrect wiring. Verify that the wiring is done as instructed. Read and understand the instructions before you begin to installation the AFE.
ATTENTION: The following information is a guide for proper installation. Rockwell Automation does not assume responsibility for the compliance or noncompliance to any code, national, local, or otherwise, for the proper installation of this unit or associated equipment. A risk of personal injury and/ or equipment damage exists if codes are ignored during installation.

Power Cable Types Acceptable for 400...690 Volt Installations
ATTENTION: National Codes and standards (NEC, VDE, CSA, BSI, and so forth) and local codes outline provisions for safely installing electrical equipment. Installation must comply with specifications regarding wire types, conductor sizes, branch circuit protection, and disconnect devices. Failure to do so can result in personal injury and/or equipment damage.
Various cable types are acceptable for PowerFlex Active Front End installations. For many installations, unshielded cable is adequate, provided it can be separated from sensitive circuits. As an approximate guide, use a spacing of 0.3 meters (1 ft) for every 10 meters (32.8 ft) of length. In all cases, avoid long parallel runs. Do not use cable with an insulation thickness less than or equal to 15 mils (0.4mm/0.015 in.). Use only copper wire. Wire gauge requirements and recommendations are based on 75 °C (167 °F). Do not reduce wire gauge when using higher temperature wire.
Unshielded Cable
THHN, THWN, or similar wire is acceptable for PowerFlex Active Front End installation in dry environments provided adequate free air space and/or conduit fill rates limits are provided. Do not use THHN or similarly coated wire in wet areas. Any wire that is chosen must have a minimum insulation thickness of 15 mils and cannot have large variations in insulation concentricity.

62

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 2
Shielded Cable
Shielded cable contains the benefits of multi-conductor cable with the added benefit of a copper braided shield that can contain much of the noise that is generated by a typical AC drive. Consider shielded cable in installations with sensitive equipment such as weigh scales, capacitive proximity switches, and other devices affected by electrical noise in the distribution system. Applications with large numbers of drives in a similar location, imposed EMC regulations, or a high degree of communication and networking are also good candidates for shielded cable.
Consider the general specifications that are dictated by the environment of the installation, including temperature, flexibility, moisture characteristics, and chemical resistance. Also, include a braided shield that is specified by the manufacturer as having coverage of at least 75%. An additional foil shield can improve noise containment.
A good example of recommended cable is Belden 29528 - 29532 (AWG-1 through AWG-410). This cable has three XLPE insulated conductors plus ground with a spiral copper shield that is surrounded by a PVC jacket.
Armored Cable
Cable with continuous aluminum armor is often recommended in drive system applications or specific industries. It offers most of the advantages of standard shielded cable and also combines considerable mechanical strength and resistance to moisture. It can be installed in concealed and exposed manners, and removes the requirement for conduit (EMT) in the installation. It can also be directly buried or embedded in concrete.
Because noise containment is affected by incidental grounding of the armor to building steel when the cable is mounted, we recommend that the armored cable has an overall PVC jacket. See Chapter 2, `Wire Types' in Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC Drives, publication DRIVES-IN001.
Interlocked armor is acceptable for shorter cable runs, but continuous welded armor is preferred.
Best performance is achieved with three spaced ground conductors, but acceptable performance below 200 Hp is provided by use of one ground conductor.
Recommended shielded/armored wire is listed in Table 11.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

63

Chapter 2 AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Table 11 - Recommended Shielded/Armored Wire for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

Location Standard (option 1)
Standard (option 2)
Class I & II; Division I & II

Rating/Type
1000V, 90 °C (194 °F) XHHW2/RHW-2 Anixter B29528-B29532 Belden 29528-29532 Or equivalent
Tray rated 1000V, 90 °C (194 °F) RHH/RHW-2 Anixter OLFLEX-76xxx03 Or equivalent
Tray rated 1000V, 90 °C (194 °F) RHH/RHW-2 Anixter 7VFD-xxxx or equivalent

Description
· Four tinned copper conductors with XLPE insulation. · Copper braid/aluminum foil combination shield and
tinned copper drain wire. · PVC jacket.
· Three tinned copper conductors with XLPE insulation. · Corrugated copper tape with three bare copper grounds
in contact with shield. · PVC jacket.
· Three bare copper conductors with XLPE insulation and impervious corrugated continuously welded aluminum armor.
· Black sunlight resistant PVC jacket overall. · Three copper grounds.

Cable Trays and Conduit
ATTENTION: To avoid a possible shock hazard that is caused by induced voltages, unused wires in the conduit must be grounded at both ends. For the same reason, if a drive that shares a conduit is being serviced or installed, all drives that use this conduit must be disabled. Disable the drives to help minimize the possible shock hazard from `cross coupled' motor leads.
If cable trays or large conduits are used, see the guidelines in Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC Drives, publication DRIVES-IN001.

Select and Verify Control Transformer Voltage
The control transformer in the AFE is used to match the input AC line voltage of the AFE in an IP21 Rittal enclosure to the 230V control voltage.
Verify that the control voltage is set appropriately for the supplied AC line voltage. If necessary, use this procedure to change the control voltage.

64

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 2

Frame 10 (shown with enclosure doors removed)

1. Locate the X3 terminal block (Figure 32).
Figure 32 - X3 Terminal Block Location for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure
Frame 13 (shown with enclosure doors removed)

X3 Terminal Block Location

X3 Terminal Block Location

Front View

Front View
2. To match the AC line voltage, move the wire that is shown in Figure 33 to the appropriate X3 terminal.
Figure 33 - Input Voltage Setting for Control Voltage on Frames 10 and 13 in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

For 400/480V AC Input

For 600/690V AC Input

400 440 460 480 500

525 600 690

X3 Terminal Block X3 Terminal Block

Move this wire to the terminal that matches the AC line voltage.

Move this wire to the terminal that matches the AC line voltage.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

65

Chapter 2 AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring
Power Terminals for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure
Figure 34 and Figure 35 show the power terminal locations and specifications for AFE Frames 10 and 13 in an IP21 Rittal enclosure.
Figure 34 - AFE Frame 10 Power Terminal Locations in IP21 Rittal Enclosure 3 3
(Shown with enclosure doors
removed)

1

2

Front View

Right Side View

Table 12 - AFE Frame 10 Power Terminal Specifications in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

Item Name

Frame Description

1 Input power terminals 10 L1, L2, L3 (1)
2 SHLD terminal, PE, 10 ground (3)
3 DC bus (3) (DC­, DC+) 10

Input power Terminating point for wiring shields DC output

Wire Size Range(1) (2)

Max 300 mm2 (600 MCM) 300 mm2 (600 MCM) 300 mm2 (600 MCM)

Min 2.1 mm2 (14 AWG) 2.1 mm2 (14 AWG) 2.1 mm2 (14 AWG)

Torque
Recommended
40 N·m (354 lb·in)
40 N·m (354 lb·in)
70 N·m (620 lb·in)

Terminal Bolt Size (3) (4) M10 M10 M12

(1) Maximum/minimum sizes that the terminals accept. These sizes are not recommendations. (2) Do not exceed maximum wire size. Parallel connections can be required. (3) These connections are bus bar type terminations and require the use of lug type connectors. (4) Apply counter-torque to the nut on the other side of terminations when tightening or loosening the terminal bolt to avoid damage to the terminal.

66

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 2 Figure 35 - AFE Frame 13 Power Terminal Locations in IP21 Rittal Enclosure
3 3

Shown with enclosure doors
removed.

1

2

Front View

Right Side View

Table 13 - AFE Frame 13 Power Terminal Specifications in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

Item Name
1 Input power terminals L1, L2, L3 (1)
2 SHLD terminal, PE, ground (3)
3 DC bus (3) (DC­, DC+)

Frame 13 13 13

Description Input power Terminating point for wiring shields DC output

Wire Size Range(1) (2)

Maximum 300 mm2 (600 MCM) 300 mm2 (600 MCM) 300 mm2 (600 MCM)

Minimum 2.1 mm2 (14 AWG) 2.1 mm2 (14 AWG) 2.1 mm2 (14 AWG)

Torque
Recommended
70 N·m (620 lb·in)
40 N·m (354 lb·in)
70 N·m (620 lb·in)

Terminal Bolt Size(3) (4) M12 M10 M12

(1) Maximum/minimum sizes that the terminals accept. These sizes are not recommendations. (2) Do not exceed maximum wire size. Parallel connections can be required. (3) These connections are bus bar type terminations and require the use of lug type connectors. (4) Apply counter-torque to the nut on the other side of terminations when tightening or loosening the terminal bolt to avoid damage to the terminal.

DC Bus Output Wiring
The length of the DC bus connections between the AFE and the drive or drives must be minimized to keep the bus inductance low for reliable system operation. For more information, see Drives in Common Bus Configurations, publication DRIVES-AT002.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

67

Chapter 2 AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring
Route the AC Input, Ground (PE), and DC Bus Output Wiring for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure
ATTENTION: To minimize disruption of airflow through the enclosure and avoid overheating within the AFE enclosure, remove only the minimum area that is needed to route the power cables. In addition, remove only the minimum area from the enclosure within the shaded areas that are shown in Figure 36 for routing the AC input, ground (PE), and DC bus output wiring. When you remove sections for routing in other areas, airflow is disrupted throughout the enclosure, and causes overheating.
Frame 10
The AC input and ground (PE) wiring for the IP21 Rittal enclosure can be routed through either the bottom of the enclosure, or through the bottom right side of the enclosure (see shaded area in Figure 36).
The DC bus output wiring for the IP21 Rittal enclosure must be routed through the top right side of the enclosure (see shaded area in Figure 36).
Figure 36 - Routing Areas for AC Input, Ground, and DC Bus Output Wiring for AFE Frame 10 in IP21 Rittal Enclosure
Area for routing DC bus output connections.

Do not allow hot air to enter the bottom of the enclosure.

Area for routing AC input and ground (PE) connections.

Frame 13

The AC input, ground (PE), and DC bus output are located in the right-most bay (see front view of Figure 35). The AC input, ground, and DC bus output

68

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 2
wiring can be routed through the top, bottom, or right side of the right-most bay.

Disconnect the Common Mode Capacitors

Frame 10 LCL Filter
The Frame 10 AFE LCL filter contains common mode capacitors that are referenced to ground. To guard against AFE damage, these devices must be disconnected if the AFE is installed on a high resistance grounded distribution system, or an ungrounded distribution system where the line-to-ground voltages on any phase exceed 125% of the nominal line-to-line voltage.
To access the common mode capacitors, the LCL filter must be removed from the enclosure. To remove the Frame 10 AFE LCL filter from the IP21 Rittal enclosure, see the instructions in the PowerFlex Active Front End--Frame 10 Hardware Service Manual, publication 20Y-TG001.
ATTENTION: To avoid an electric shock hazard, verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before you remove or install any jumpers. Check the DC bus voltage between the +DC and ­DC terminals, between the +DC terminal and the chassis, and between the ­DC terminal and the chassis. The voltage must be zero for all three measurements.
To disconnect the common mode capacitors, remove the jumpers that are shown in Figure 37. For more information on ungrounded system installation, see Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC Drives, publication DRIVES-AT001.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

69

Chapter 2 AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Figure 37 - AFE Frame 10 LCL Filter Common Mode Capacitor Jumper Locations

Right Side View of LCL Filter

Remove Three Jumpers

Remove Three Jumpers

Frame 13 LCL Filter
The Frame 13 AFE LCL filter contains common mode capacitors that are referenced to ground. To guard against AFE damage, these devices must be disconnected if the AFE is installed on a high resistance grounded distribution system, or an ungrounded distribution system where the line-to-ground voltages on any phase exceed 125% of the nominal line-to-line voltage.
To remove the AFE Frame 13 LCL filter from the IP21 Rittal enclosure, see the instructions in the PowerFlex Active Front End--Frame 13 Hardware Service Manual, publication 20Y-TG002.
ATTENTION: To avoid an electric shock hazard, verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged completely before you remove or install any jumpers. Check the DC bus voltage between the +DC and ­DC terminals, between the +DC terminal and the chassis, and between the ­DC terminal and the chassis. The voltage must be zero for all three measurements.
To disconnect the common mode capacitors, remove the upper guard and then remove the jumpers that are shown in Figure 38. For more information on ungrounded system installation, see Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) AC Drives, publication DRIVES-AT001.
Figure 38 - AFE Frame 13 LCL Filter Common Mode Capacitor Jumper Locations

70

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 2
Remove Three Jumpers
Remove Three Jumpers
Front View of LCL Filter

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

71

Chapter 2 AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring
Frame 10 Power Structure
The AFE Frame 10 power structure in the IP21 Rittal enclosure contains common mode capacitors that must be removed. To remove these capacitors from the AFE Frame 10 power structure, follow these steps.
1. Locate the common mode capacitors on the Frame 10 power structure.

Location of Common Mode Capacitors on Frame 10 Power Structure
2. Remove the common mode capacitors. a. Disconnect the two black wires. b. Unscrew and remove the capacitor assembly consisting of two capacitors on a small metal bracket.

Close-up View of Common Mode Capacitor Assembly

Close-up View of Common Mode Capacitor Assembly

72

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 2
Frame 13 Power Structure
The AFE Frame 13 power structure in the IP21 Rittal enclosure contains common mode capacitors that must be removed. These capacitors are on the Phase V (center) module of the power structure. To remove these capacitors from the AFE Frame 13 power structure, follow these steps.
1. Locate the common mode capacitors on the Phase V module of the Frame 13 power structure.
Location of Common Mode Capacitors on Phase V Module of Frame 13 AFE Power Structure
Phase V Module of Frame 13 Power Structure
2. Remove the common mode capacitors. a. Disconnect the two black wires.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

73

Chapter 2 AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring
b. Unscrew and remove the capacitor assembly consisting of two capacitors on a small metal bracket.
Close-up View of Common Mode Capacitors on Phase V Module of Frame 13 AFE Power Structure

Close-up View of Common Mode Capacitor Assembly

Disconnect Wires and Unscrew Capacitor Assembly

Using the AFE with PowerFlex Drives
Control Wiring

When the Active Front End is used with drives that have common mode capacitors (for example, PowerFlex 7-Class or PowerFlex 750-Series drives), the common mode capacitors of these drives must be disconnected. See the documentation of the respective drives.
When supplying power to PowerFlex drives of different frame sizes on the same DC bus, additional bus capacitance can be needed. For details, see Drives in Common Bus Configurations, publication DRIVES-AT002.
The AFE in an IP21 Rittal enclosure is wired at the factory and programmed to operate from the operator switches on the front of the enclosure. See Table 17 and Figure 40 for I/O terminal designations. If customized (or remote) control is required, then you must change the control wiring and correspondent digital I/O parameter setting.
Here are some important points to remember about I/O wiring:
· Always use copper wire.
· Wire with an insulation rating of 600V or greater is recommended.
· Control and signal wires must be separated from power wires by at least 0.3 meters (1 foot).

74

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 2
· When it is unavoidable to cross control and signal wires with power wires, always cross power wires at a 90° angle.
IMPORTANT I/O terminals that are labeled `(­)' or `Common' are not referenced to earth ground. They are designed to reduce common mode interference. Grounding these terminals can cause signal noise.
ATTENTION: Inputs must be configured with software and jumpers (see Analog I/O Configuration on page 79). If you configure an analog input for 0...20 mA operation and drive it from a voltage source, you can cause component damage. Verify proper configuration before you apply input signals.
ATTENTION: It is important to disable the variable frequency drives that are connected to the AFE output when the AFE is not active (not modulating). Connect the 'Inverter Enable' output of the AFE to each variable frequency drive enable input, or enable parameter 132 [Contact Off Cnfg] to force off the main contactor if there is a fault. This action makes sure that once the AFE stops modulating, there is no motoring current flowing through the AFE IGBT diodes. Failure to disable the AFE output can result in component damage or a reduction in product life. When you enable parameter 132, see page 109 for details. The AFE is shipped with parameter 132 disabled. The disabled parameter does not stop or shut down DC output when a fault occurs.

Signal and Control Wire Types

Table 14 - Recommended Signal Wire for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

Signal Type

Wire Types

Description

Minimum Insulation Rating

Analog I/O

Belden 8760/9460 (or equivalent)
Belden 8770 (or equivalent)

0.5 mm2 (22 AWG), twisted pair, 100% shield with drain (1)
0.5 mm2 (22 AWG), 3-conductor, shielded for remote pot only

300V, 75...90 °C (167...194 °F)

EMC compliance See CE Conformity on page 82 for details.

(1) If the wires are short and contained within an enclosure that has no sensitive circuits, the use of shielded wire is not necessary, but is always recommended.

Table 15 - Recommended Control Wire for Digital I/O

Type Unshielded Shielded

Wire Types

Description

Per US NEC or applicable national or local code
Multi-conductor shielded cable such as Belden 8770(or equivalent)

--
0.5 mm2 (22 AWG), 3-conductor, shielded

Minimum Insulation Rating
300V, 60 °C (140 °F)

Figure 39 - AFE I/O Terminal Blocks and Jumpers

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

75

Chapter 2 AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring
J5 J4 J3 J2 J1

1 2 3

I/O Terminal Blocks

Table 16 - I/O Terminal Block Specifications for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

No. Name

Description

1 Analog I/O

Analog I/O signals

2 Digital inputs Digital input signals

3 Digital outputs Digital out relays

Wire Size Range (1)

Max 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG) 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG) 2.5 mm2 (14 AWG)

Min 0.5 mm2 (22 AWG) 0.5 mm2 (22 AWG) 0.5 mm2 (22 AWG)

Torque
Max
0.2 N·m 1.8 lb·in
0.2 N·m 1.8 lb·n
0.5 N·m 4.5 lb·in

(1) Maximum/minimum that the terminal block can accept. These sizes are not recommendations.

Recommended
0.2 N·m 1.8 lb·in
0.2 N·m 1.8 lb·in
0.5 N·m 4.5 lb·in

76

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 2
I/O Cable Grounding
When installing shielded multi-conductor cable for analog and digital I/O, strip the cable from the terminal plug so you can fix it to the cable clamp for grounding.
Position the exposed shield so the clamp grips it.
IMPORTANT: This clamp is not designed for strain relief.
ATTENTION: For the AFE in the IP21 Rittal enclosure, digital inputs 1, 3, 4, and 5, and digital outputs 1 and 2, are wired at the factory and programmed to operate from the controls on the front of the enclosure. Digital output 3 is programmable and factory-wired for +24V DC only. Do not change the wiring and programming for those digital inputs and outputs, or it results in malfunction of the system.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

77

Chapter 2 AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Table 17 - I/O Terminal Designations for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

No. Signal

Default

Description

Configuration

1 Analog In 1 (­)(1)

(2)

1

2 Analog In 1 (+)(1)

3 Analog In 2 (­)(1)

Isolated (3), bipolar, differential,
9-bit and sign, 88k  input impedance.
A jumper (see Table 18) selects 0...10V, ±10V, or 4...20 mA.

4 Analog In 2 (+)(1)

Default: 0...10V (Ri = 200k ), 4...20 mA (Ri = 100 ).

10 20

5 ­10V Pot Reference

--

6 Pot Common (GND)

2k  min, 10 mA max load, 1% accuracy For (+) and (­) 10V pot references

7 +10V Pot Reference

--

8 Analog Out 1 (+)

(2)

9 Analog Out Common

10 Analog Out 2 (+)

2k  min, 10 mA max load, 1% accuracy
Bipolar (current out is not bipolar), 9-bit and sign, 2k  min load. A jumper (see Table 18) selects 0...10V, ±10V, or 4...20 mA.

11 Digital In 1 12 Digital In 2 13 Digital In 3 14 Digital In 4 15 Digital In 5 16 Digital In 6/Hardware
Enable, see page 80

RunCmd Ext. Reset Enable Mcont Contactor Ack LCL Temp

24V DC - Opto isolated (250V)
Low state: less than 5V DC
High state: greater than 20V DC, 11.2 mA DC
Enable: Digital Input 6 is jumper selectable for HW Enable.
On-time: < 16.7 ms, Off-Time < 1 ms

17 Digital In Common

Allows source or sink operation

18

19 +24V DC (4)

--

Unit supplied logic input power

20 24V Common(4)

--

Common for internal power supply

21 Digital Out 1 ­ N.C.(5) Contact Ctrl

Max. Resistive Load:

21

22 Digital Out 1 Common

23 Digital Out 1 ­ N.O.(5)

24 Digital Out 2 ­ N.C.(5) Fault
26
25 Digital Out 2/3 Com.

26 Digital Out 3 ­ N.O.(5) (6) Active

240V AC/30V DC ­ 1200VA, 150 W Max current: 5 A, Min Load: 10 mA Max. Inductive Load: 240V AC/30V DC ­ 840VA, 105 W Max current: 3.5 A, Min Load: 10 mA IMPORTANT: See the Attention above this table for more details.

(1) Important: Input must be configured with a jumper. AFE damage can occur if jumper is not installed properly. See Analog I/O Configuration on page 79.
(2) These inputs/outputs are dependent on a number of parameters. (3) Differential Isolation - External source must be maintained at less than 160V regarding PE. Input provides high common mode
immunity. (4) 150 mA maximum load. Can be used to provide control power from an external 24V source when main power is not applied. (5) Contacts in unpowered state. Any relay that is programmed as Fault or Alarm energizes (pick up) when power is applied to the
AFE, and de-energizes (drop out) when a fault or alarm exists. Relays selected for other functions energize only when that condition exists and de-energizes when the condition is removed. (6) When this output is configured as active, it can be wired to the Enable input of the connected drives to prevent the AFE from supplying power when the AFE is not running.

Typical I/O Wiring

The IP21 Rittal enclosure for the AFE is wired at the factory and programmed to operate from the operator switches on the front of the enclosure. The AFE in the IP21 Rittal enclosure has a motor-controlled circuit breaker (MCCB). The AFE is configured to run when precharge is complete, the MCCB is

78

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 2
closed, and no faults are present. The Figure 40 shows the factory-installed wiring.
Figure 40 - Factory-installed Wiring Diagram for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

AFE Run MCCB On Request MCCB Acknowledge LCL OverTemp 24V to LCL AFE Ready

See Analog I/O Configuration on page 79 for jumper settings.

14 34
K20 Q1 11 31

K4
H3.1 1 READY 2

20C-DA1-A Slot A (A11)

20C-DO1 Slot B (A12)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
AIN1+ AIN2- AIN2+ -10VRef PotGND +10VRef AOUT1 AOUTC AOUT2 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 D_COM D_COM +24V 24VCOM

HIM Cradle (A14)

20C-DPI1 Slot E (A13)

Input

R1

R1 Contactor

21 22 23 Control

MCCB Close MCCB Supply MCCB Open

R2

R3

24 25 26

Fault Relay 4
24V
Charging 1 Interlocker 2

K4 24V DC Com
To User-supplied Drive Inverter Enable Input

Analog I/O Configuration

IMPORTANT Analog I/O must be configured through programming, and the jumpers shown in Table 18. See Figure 39 for jumper locations and Table 18 for I/O jumper configurations.

Table 18 - I/O Configuration for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

Signal
Analog inputs

Jumper
J1 (analog in 1) J2 (analog in 2)

Setting 0...20 mA

J1

J2

ABCD ABCD

0...10V

J1

J2

ABCD ABCD

±10V

J1

J2

ABCD ABCD

Analog outputs

J3 (analog out 1) J4 (analog out 2)

0...20 mA

J3

J4

ABCD ABCD

0...10V

J3

J4

ABCD ABCD

±10V

J3

J4

ABCD ABCD

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

79

Chapter 2 AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

Hardware Enable Circuitry

ATTENTION: For the AFE in the IP21 Rittal enclosure, digital inputs 1, 3, 4, and 5, and digital outputs 1 and 2, are wired at the factory and programmed to operate from the controls on the front of the enclosure. Do not change the wiring and programming for those digital inputs and outputs, or it results in malfunction of the system.

You can program a digital input as an Enable input. The AFE software interprets the status of this input. If the application requires the AFE to be disabled without software interpretation, a `dedicated' hardware enable configuration can be used. Remove jumper J5 (Figure 39) and wire the enable input to Digital In 6 (see Table 19). Verify that [Digital In6 Sel], parameter 226 is set to `1' (Enable).

Table 19 - Hardware Enable Configuration for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

Signal
Hardware Enable

Jumper J5

Setting Hardware Enable
J5 AB

Input Programmable (no hardware enable)
J5 AB

Analog I/O Wiring Examples for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

Input/Output

Connection Example

Potentiometer unipolar DC volt reference
10k  Pot. recommended
(2k m min)

3 4

6

6

7

Analog voltage input

unipolar DC volt reference

3 4

0...10V input

Analog current input

unipolar DC volt reference

3 4

4...20 mA input

Analog output
±10V, 4...20 mA bipolar +10V unipolar (shown)

­ +8
9

Required Parameter Changes
· Configure input for voltage: Parameter 200 and set appropriate jumper per Table 18.
· Adjust scaling: Parameters 80/81 and 204/205
· View Results: Parameter 018
· Configure input for voltage: Parameter 200 and set appropriate jumper per Table 18.
· Adjust scaling: Parameters 80/81 and 204/205
· View results: Parameter 018
· Configure input for current: Parameter 200 and set appropriate jumper per Table 18.
· Adjust scaling: Parameters 80/81 and 204/205
· View results: Parameter 018.
· Configure with Parameter 207 and set appropriate jumper per Table 18.
· Select source value: Parameter 209 - [Analog Out1 Sel]
· Adjust scaling: Parameters 210/211

80

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Precharging the AFE

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 2
This section contains important information about AFE precharging.

Introduction

An AFE in the IP21 Rittal enclosure contains an internal precharging circuit. The precharging unit is used to charge the DC bus capacitors. The charging time depends on the capacitance of the intermediate circuit and the resistance of the charging resistors. Table 20 shows the technical specifications for the precharge in the AFE enclosure. For correct operation of the precharging circuit, the input circuit breaker and the precharging circuit contactor must be controlled by the AFE.

Table 20 - Total DC Bus Capacitance Limits for Precharging Circuit of AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

Frame Size 10 13

Resistance 2 x 20  2 x 11 

Capacitance, min (1) 9900 F 29,700 F

Capacitance, max (2) 70,000 F 128,000 F

(1) The minimum capacitance is built into the AFE. (2) The maximum capacitance is the capacitance of the AFE plus the external capacitance.

ATTENTION: If the maximum capacitance is exceeded, component damage in AFE occurs.

Important Guidelines
Read and understand these guidelines: · If drives without internal precharge are used and a disconnect is installed between the input of the drive and the DC bus, you must use an external precharge circuit between the disconnect and the DC input of the drive. · If drives with internal precharge are used with a disconnect switch to the common bus, you must connect an auxiliary contact on the disconnect to a digital input of the drive. The corresponding input must be set to the `Precharge Enable' option. This option provides the proper precharge interlock, guarding against possible damage to the drive when connected to a common DC bus.
· The precharge status of the AFE must be interlocked with the connected drives, such that the drives are disabled (not running) when the AFE is in a precharge state.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

81

Chapter 2 AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring

CE Conformity

Conformity with the Low Voltage (LV) Directive and Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directive has been demonstrated by using harmonized European Norm (EN) standards published in the Official Journal of the European Communities. PowerFlex Active Front End units comply with the EN standards listed here when installed according to this User Manual and the PowerFlex drive Reference Manual.
Declarations of Conformity are available online at this link:
http://www.rockwellautomation.com/certification/overview.page

Low Voltage Directive (2006/95/EC)
EN61800-5-1 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 5-1: Safety requirements ­ Electrical, thermal and energy.

EMC Directive (2004/108/EC)
EN61800-3 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 3: EMC product standard including specific test methods.

General Notes
· The AFE can cause radio frequency interference if used in a residential or domestic environment. You are required to take measures to help prevent interference, and follow the essential requirements for CE compliance listed here, if necessary.
· Conformity of the AFE with CE EMC requirements does not guarantee an entire machine or installation complies with CE EMC requirements. Many factors can influence total machine/installation compliance.

Essential Requirements for CE Compliance
Conditions 1...6 listed here must be satisfied for the PowerFlex Active Front End to meet the requirements of EN61800-3.
1. Use a standard PowerFlex Active Front End CE-compatible unit. 2. Review important precautions and attention statements throughout this
document before installing the Active Front End. 3. Grounding as described on page 59.

82

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring Chapter 2
4. Control (I/O) and signal wiring must be braided, shielded cable with a coverage of 75% or better, metal conduit, or have shielding/cover with equivalent attenuation.
5. All shielded cables must terminate with proper shielded connector. 6. Motor cables of DC input drives that are used with the AFE must be
shielded cable wire with a coverage of 75% or more, or must be inside metal conduit or have shielding/cover with equivalent attenuation.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

83

Chapter 2 AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure ­ Installation/Wiring
Notes:

84

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Startup

3 Chapter

This chapter describes how to start up the Active Front End. For a brief description of the HIM, see Appendix B.

Topic

Page

AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure 85

AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

90

ATTENTION: Power must be applied to the Active Front End to perform the following start-up procedure. Some of the voltages present are at incoming line potential. To avoid electric shock hazard or damage to equipment, only qualified service personnel must perform the following procedure. Thoroughly read and understand the procedure before beginning. If an event does not occur while performing this procedure, do not proceed. Remove power, including user-supplied control voltages. User-supplied voltages can exist even when main AC power is not applied to the AFE. Correct the malfunction before continuing.
The basic start-up procedure must be performed when starting a new AFE to verify the condition of the unit, and to configure essential parameters for operating the AFE.
Names of the switches, push buttons, and status indicators are different for an AFE in an IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure and an AFE in an IP21 Rittal enclosure. See the appropriate subsection for your enclosure.

AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

This procedure requires that a HIM is installed. If an operator interface is not available, remote devices must be used to start up the AFE.

Startup Procedure

Before Applying Power to the AFE
1. Verify that the input circuit breaker is off. 2. Confirm that all wiring to the AFE (AC Input, ground, DC bus, and I/
O) is connected to the correct AFE terminals and is secure. 3. Verify that AC line power at the disconnect device is within the rated
value of the AFE.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

85

Chapter 3 Startup

4. Verify that the control power voltage is correct. 5. When DC disconnects are used for each inverter, verify that the
disconnect levers for all inverters are set to off. 6. Set the REM-MAN-AUTO switch to MAN. 7. Set the OFF-ON-START switch to OFF.

Programming the AFE

1. Turn the AFE circuit breaker handle to on.
2. Set parameter 091 [Reset To Defaults] to the appropriate setting for your installation.

091 [Reset to Defaults]

Default: 0

Resets parameters to default configurations except parameters 093 [Language] and

Options: 0

090 [Param Access Lvl].

1

0 (ready) = A new value can be entered.

2

1 (factory) = Resets parameters to default configurations.

3

2 (low voltage) = Resets parameters to default configurations and configures parameters

for a:

­ 400/480V AFE unit for 400V operation.

­ 600/690V AFE unit for 600V operation.

3 (high voltage) = Resets parameters to default configurations and configures parameters for a:
­ 400/480V AFE unit for 480V operation. ­ 600/690V AFE unit for 690V operation.

IMPORTANT: The DC bus voltage must be present to set the voltage class.

Ready Ready Factory Low voltage High voltage

3. Use the HIM to enter the Assisted Start-up procedure.

Step
a. In the Main Menu, use the or key to scroll to `Start Up'.
b. Press the (Enter) key.

Example LCD Display

F-> Stopped

Auto

0.0 Volt

Main Menu: Memory Storage Start Up Preferences

Main Menu: Startup

Figure 41 - Active Front End Start-up Procedure Menu

Input Voltage Select

Alarm/Flt Cnfg

Limits

DC Bus Ctrl

Start/Stop/I/O

Sets Input Voltage

Defines Configurable Alarms and Faults

Sets Current and Power Limits

Sets the DC Bus Voltage Reference

Configures Digital Inputs (including Run), Digital Outputs, and Analog Outputs

86

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Startup Chapter 3
4. Enter the Input Voltage Selection in the Start-up Routine.
Select the appropriate AC input voltage for your installation (480, for example). To accept each default setting, press Enter.
5. Enter the Alarm/Flt Cnfg selection.
The Alarm/Flt Cnfg sets parameters 120 [Fault Config] and 135 [Alarm Config]. For basic applications, the default settings can be used. To accept each default setting, press Enter.
6. Enter the Limits section.
For basic applications, the default settings for the parameters 75 [Motor Power Lmt], 76 [Regen Power Lmt], and 77 [Current Lmt Val] can be used. By default, [Regen Power Lmt] and [Current Lmt Val] are set to let maximum peak power flow from the DC bus to the AC line, and helps prevent DC bus overvoltage faults on the inverters. To accept each default setting, press Enter.
7. Enter the DC Bus Ctrl section of the Start-up routine.
By default, the DC bus voltage reference is set to come from parameter 61 [DC Volt Ref ]. With this setting, the DC Volt Ref is calculated based on the selected AC input voltage. For basic applications, this setting for the DC bus voltage reference is sufficient. To accept each default setting, press Enter.
8. Enter the Start/Stop/IO section.
Parameters 221...225 [Digital In 1...5 Sel] and parameters 228, 229, and 233 [Digital Out 1...3 Sel] are set to run the AFE from the operator switches on the AFE door (see Figure 23 on page 45 for the typical I/O wiring diagram). To run the AFE through a network communication adapter, change digital input 1 from `Run' to `Not Used', and send a Start command through the communication adapter. (For DPITM communication details, see DPI Communication Configurations on page 152.) To accept each default setting, press Enter. Analog outputs can also be programmed through this procedure if desired.
9. Disable the AFE output when the AFE is not active (not modulating).
Connect the `Inverter Enable' output of the AFE to the variable frequency drive enable input, or enable parameter 132 [Contact Off Cnfg] to force off the main contactor if there is a fault. This configuration makes sure that once the AFE stops modulating, there is no motoring current flowing through the AFE IGBT diodes. Failure to disable the AFE output can result in component damage or a reduction in product life.
When enabling parameter 132, see page 109 for details. The AFE is shipped with parameter 132 disabled. This disabled parameter does not stop or shut down DC output when a fault occurs.
10. To complete the Assisted Start-up procedure, select Done/Exit.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

87

Chapter 3 Startup

Status Indicators
For information on AFE status indicators, see AFE Status on page 125.

Control Devices

Figure 42 shows the operators or control devices (switches, push buttons, and status indicators) on an IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure.
Figure 42 - Control Devices for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

AFE FAULT

AFE READY

AFE RESET

OFF -- ON -- START
ON

OFF

START

(REM -- MAN -- AUTO)
MAN

REM

AUTO

The AFE READY status indicator lights up when precharge is completed, the input contactor K1 is closed, AC power is connected to the AFE, and no faults are active. The AFE READY status indicator operates independent of the control method.
The AFE FAULT status indicator lights to indicate that the AFE is in a fault state.
In an overcurrent situation, the fault that caused the input circuit breaker (Q0) to trip must be identified and fixed before resetting the breaker.
Modes of Operation
There are three different modes in which the contactor and precharge can be controlled. The desired control is selected with the REM-AUTO-MAN selector switch.
1. AUTO ­ Automatic operation that precharges and closes the contactor when the supply voltage is energized. a. Set the REM-AUTO-MAN switch to AUTO. b. Set the OFF-ON-START switch to ON.

88

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Startup Chapter 3

The precharging of the units starts when input power is present. When the DC bus voltage reaches its nominal value, the contactor closes.
To stop the AFE, turn the OFF-ON-START switch to OFF.

IMPORTANT

Pressing the (Stop) key on the HIM only stops the AFE output
­ it does not open the input contactor to stop the AFE.
When a voltage drop or a blackout occurs in the supplying network, the unit precharges automatically and closes the input contactor when the main supply voltage returns.

2. MAN ­ Manual operation by the OFF-ON-START switch on the enclosure door.
a. Set the REM-AUTO-MAN switch to MAN.
b. Turn the OFF-ON-START switch to START and let it automatically return to ON.
The precharging takes about 5...10 seconds depending on the connected DC bus capacitance. When the DC bus voltage has reached its nominal value, the AFE control closes the contactor.
The precharging can be aborted by turning the switch to OFF.
To stop the AFE, turn the OFF-ON-START switch to OFF.

IMPORTANT

Pressing the (Stop) key on the HIM only stops the AFE
output--it does not open the input contactor to stop the AFE.
When a voltage drop or a blackout occurs in the supplying network, the input contactor opens. To turn on the AFE, turn the OFF-ONSTART switch to START and let it automatically return to ON.

3. REM ­ Remote operation with signals to the control terminals.
a. Set the REM-AUTO-MAN switch to REM.
b. Connect a normally closed (NC) contact to terminals X3:58 and X3:61.
This contact has to be in the NC-state for the AFE to precharge and run. A remote pulse of 0.4...1.0 seconds duration, connected to terminals X3:57 and X3:60, starts the precharging of the AFE. When the DC voltage has reached its nominal value, the AFE unit automatically closes the input contactor.
To stop the AFE, turn the OFF-ON-START switch to OFF.

IMPORTANT

Pressing the (Stop) key on the HIM only stops the AFE
output--it does not open the input contactor to stop the AFE.
When a voltage drop or a blackout occurs in the supplying network, the input contactor opens. When the supply is restored, the precharging must be reinitiated. To turn on the AFE, turn the OFFON-START switch to START and let it automatically return to ON.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

89

Chapter 3 Startup
AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure This procedure requires that a HIM is installed. If an operator interface is not
available, remote devices must be used to start up the AFE.

Startup Procedure

Before Applying Power to the AFE

1. Verify that the disconnect lever is pushed to off.
2. Confirm that all wiring to the AFE (AC Input, ground, DC bus, and I/ O) is connected to the correct AFE terminals and is secure.
3. Verify that AC line power at the disconnect device is within the rated value of the AFE.
4. Verify that the control power voltage is correct.
5. When DC disconnects are used for each inverter, verify that the disconnect levers for all inverters are set to off.
6. Set the MCCB CONTROL switch to MAN.
7. Set the 0-1-START switch to 0 (off ).

Programming the AFE

1. Push the AFE disconnect lever to on.
2. Set parameter 091 [Reset To Defaults] to the appropriate setting for your installation.

091 [Reset to Defaults]

Default: 0

Resets parameters to default configurations except parameters 093 [Language] and

Options: 0

090 [Param Access Lvl].

1

0 (ready) = A new value can be entered.

2

1 (factory) = Resets parameters to default configurations.

3

2 (low voltage) = Resets parameters to default configurations and configures parameters

for a:

­ 400/480V AFE unit for 400V operation.

­ 600/690V AFE unit for 600V operation.

3 (high voltage) = Resets parameters to default configurations and configures parameters for a:
­ 400/480V AFE unit for 480V operation. ­ 600/690V AFE unit for 690V operation.

IMPORTANT: The DC bus voltage must be present to set the voltage class.

Ready Ready Factory Low voltage High voltage

3. Use the HIM to enter the Assisted Start-up procedure.

Step
a. In the Main Menu, use the or key to scroll to `Start Up'.
b. Press the (Enter) key.

Example LCD Display

F-> Stopped

Auto

0.0 Volt

Main Menu: Memory Storage Start Up Preferences

90

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Startup Chapter 3
See Figure 41 for the Active Front End start-up procedure.
4. Enter the Input Voltage Selection in the start-up routine.
Select the appropriate AC input voltage for your installation (480, for example). To accept each default setting, press Enter.
5. Enter the Alarm/Flt Cnfg selection.
The Alarm/Flt Cnfg sets parameters 120 [Fault Config] and 135 [Alarm Config]. For basic applications, the default settings can be used. To accept each default setting, press Enter.
6. Enter the Limits section.
For basic applications, the default settings for the parameters 75 [Motor Power Lmt], 76 [Regen Power Lmt], and 77 [Current Lmt Val] can be used. By default, [Regen Power Lmt] and [Current Lmt Val] are set to let maximum peak power flow from the DC bus to the AC line. This power flow helps to prevent DC bus overvoltage faults on the inverters. To accept each default setting, press Enter.
7. Enter the DC Bus Ctrl section of the Start-up routine.
By default, the DC bus voltage reference is set to come from parameter 61 [DC Volt Ref ]. With this setting, the DC Volt Ref is calculated based on the selected AC input voltage. For basic applications, this setting for the DC bus voltage reference is sufficient. To accept each default setting, press Enter.
8. Enter the Start/Stop/IO section.
Parameters 221...225 [Digital In 1...5 Sel] and parameters 228, 229, and 233 [Digital Out 1...3 Sel] are set to run the AFE from the operator switches on the AFE door (see Figure 40 on page 79 for the typical I/O wiring diagram). To run the AFE through a network communication adapter, change digital input 1 from `Run' to `Not Used', and send a Start command through the communication adapter. (For DPI communication details, see DPI Communication Configurations on page 152.) To accept each default setting, press Enter. Analog outputs can also be programmed through this procedure if desired.
9. Disable the AFE output when the AFE is not active (not modulating).
Connect the `Inverter Enable' output of the AFE to the variable frequency drive enable input, or enable parameter 132 [Contact Off Cnfg] to force off the main contactor if there is a fault. This configuration makes sure that once the AFE stops modulating, there is no motoring current flowing through the AFE IGBT diodes. Failure to disable the AFE output can result in component damage or a reduction in product life.
When enabling parameter 132, see page 109 for details. The AFE is shipped with parameter 132 disabled. This disabled parameter does not stop or shut down DC output when a fault occurs.
10. To complete the Assisted Start-up procedure, select Done/Exit.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

91

Chapter 3 Startup 92

Status Indicators
For information on AFE status indicators, see AFE Status on page 125.

Control Devices

Figure 43 shows the operators or control devices (switches, push buttons, and status indicators) on an IP21 Rittal enclosure.
Figure 43 - Control Devices for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

MCCB FAULT

AFE READY

MCCB RESET

0 -- 1 -- START
1 START
0

MCCB CONTROL (REM -- MAN -- AUTO)
MAN

REM

AUTO

The AFE READY status indicator lights up when precharge is completed, the MCCB is closed, AC power is connected to the AFE, and no faults are active. The AFE READY status indicator operates independent of the control method.
The MCCB FAULT status indicator lights to indicate that the circuit breakers are in a tripped state.
In an overcurrent situation, the fault that caused the circuit breaker to trip must be identified and fixed before resetting the circuit breakers. The MCCB can be reset only by pressing the MCCB RESET push button when the MCCB CONTROL switch is in MAN.
MCCB (Motor-controlled Circuit Breaker) and Modes of Operation
There are three different modes in which the MCCB and precharge can be controlled. The desired control is selected with the MCCB CONTROL selector switch.
1. AUTO ­ Automatic operation that automatically precharges and closes the MCCB when the supply voltage is energized. a. Set the MCCB CONTROL switch to AUTO. b. Set the 0-1-START switch to 1 (on).
Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Startup Chapter 3

The precharging of the unit automatically starts when input power is present. When the DC Bus Voltage reaches its nominal value, the circuit breaker automatically closes.
To stop the AFE, turn the 0-1-START switch to 0 (off ).

IMPORTANT

Pressing the (Stop) key on the HIM only stops the AFE
output--it does not open the MCCB to stop the AFE.
When a voltage drop or a blackout occurs in the supplying network, the unit precharges automatically and closes the circuit breakers when the main supply voltage returns.

2. MAN ­ Manual operation by the 0-1-START switch on the enclosure door.
a. Set the MCCB CONTROL switch to MAN.
b. Turn the 0-1-START switch to START and let it automatically return to 1.
The precharging takes about 5...10 seconds depending on the connected DC bus capacitance. When the DC bus voltage has reached its nominal value, the AFE control automatically closes the circuit breaker.
The precharging can be aborted by turning the switch to 0 (off ).
To stop the AFE, turn the 0-1-START switch to 0 (off ).

IMPORTANT

Pressing the (Stop) key on the HIM only stops the AFE
output--it does not open the MCCB to stop the AFE.
When a voltage drop or a blackout occurs in the supplying network, the under voltage release coil opens the circuit breaker. To turn on the AFE, turn the 0-1-START switch to START and let it automatically return to 1 (on).

3. REM ­ Remote operation with signals to the control terminals.
a. Set the MCCB CONTROL switch to REM.
b. Connect a normally closed (NC) contact to terminals X1:58 and X1:61.
This contact has to be in the NC-state for the AFE to precharge and run. A remote pulse of 0.4...1.0 seconds duration, connected to terminals X1:57 and X1:60, starts the precharging of the AFE. When the DC voltage has reached its nominal value, the AFE unit automatically closes the circuit breakers.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

93

Chapter 3 Startup

To stop the AFE, turn the 0-1-START switch to 0 (off ).

IMPORTANT

Pressing the (Stop) key on the HIM only stops the AFE
output ­ it does not open the MCCB to stop the AFE.
When a voltage drop or a blackout occurs in the supplying network, the undervoltage release coil opens the circuit breaker. When the supply is restored, the precharging and MCCB closing must be reinitiated. To turn on the AFE, turn the 0-1-START switch to START and let it automatically return to 1 (on).

94

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

About Parameters

Programming and Parameters

4 Chapter

This chapter provides a complete listing and description of the PowerFlex® Active Front End parameters. The parameters can be programmed (viewed or edited) by using a HIM. Alternatively, programming can be performed using a personal computer with a configuration tool such as Connected Components WorkbenchTM software, DriveExecutiveTM software, or DriveExplorerTM software.

Topic

Page

About Parameters

95

How AFE Parameters are Organized

96

Monitor File

99

Dynamic Control File

101

Utility File

105

Communication File

111

Inputs and Outputs File

113

Parameter Cross Reference ­ by Name

117

Parameter Cross Reference ­ by Number 120

To configure the AFE to operate in a specific way, certain AFE parameters have to be configured appropriately. There are three types of parameters:
· Numeric Parameters
These parameters have a numeric value (such as 1V AC). · ENUM Parameters
These parameters allow a selection from two or more items. The HIM displays a text message for each item. · Bit Parameters
These parameters have individual bits associated with features or conditions. If the bit is 0, the feature is off or the condition is false. If the bit is 1, the feature is on or the condition is true.
The following example table shows how each parameter type is presented in this manual.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

95

Chapter 4 Programming and Parameters

Example Parameter Tables No. Parameter Name and Description

Values

File Group

DYNAMIC CONTROL Control Modes

040 [Nom Input Volt]

Default: Based on Unit Rating

Sets the incoming supply voltage level that is used to calculate the DC voltage level for charging Min/Max: Based on Unit Rating

control.

Units: 1V AC

046 [Start/Stop Mode]

Default: 0 Normal

Selects the operating mode for the regenerative unit. 0 (Normal) = The converter starts only with a Run request.

Options: 0 Normal 1 Auto

1 (Auto) = The converter starts regenerative operation automatically whenever the DC voltage is higher than the DC voltage reference and stops when there is no regeneration. The converter starts by a Run or Start command. To avoid starting, a digital input can be configured to `enable'. Auto mode selection is allowed only if an external motoring bus supply is installed.

154 [Logic Mask]

Determines which communication adapters can control the unit. If the bit for an adapter is set to `0', the adapter has no control functions except for stop.

DPI Port 5 DPI Port 4 DPI Port 3 DPI Port 2 DPI Port 1 Digital In

Bit Definition

Default Bit

xxxxxxxxxx111111 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

0 = Control Permitted 1 = Control Masked x = Reserved

COMMUNICATION Masks and Owners

Description

File ­ Lists the major parameter file category.

Group ­ Lists the parameter group within a file.

No. ­ Parameter number.

= Parameter value cannot be changed until the AFE is stopped.

32 = 32-bit parameter.

Parameter Name and Description ­ Parameter name as it appears on a HIM, with a brief description of the parameter function.

Values ­ Defines the various operating characteristics of the parameter. Three parameter types exist.

ENUM

Default: Lists the value assigned at the factory. Read Only = no default.

Options: Displays the available programming selections.

Bit

Bit:

Lists the bit place holder and definition for each bit.

Numeric

Default: Min/Max: Units:

Lists the value assigned at the factory. Read Only = no default. The range (lowest and highest setting) possible for the parameter. Unit of measure and resolution as shown on the HIM.

How AFE Parameters are Organized

The HIM displays parameters in a File-Group-Parameter or Numbered List view order. To switch display mode, access the Main Menu, press the ALT key, and release it, and while the cursor is on the parameter selection, press the
Sel key. In addition, parameter 090 [Param Access Lvl] can be set to display basic parameters (basic view) or all parameters (advanced view).

File-Group-Parameter Order
This organization groups parameters that are used for similar functions. The parameters are organized into files. Each file is divided into groups, and each group contains a set of parameters related to a specific purpose. By default, the HIM displays parameters by File-Group-Parameter view.

96

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Programming and Parameters Chapter 4

Basic Parameter View

Parameter 090 [Param Access Lvl] set to option `0' (Basic).

File Monitor
Monitor

Group Metering
Converter Data

Parameters
Input Voltage AC Line Freq Total Current
Rated kW Rated Volts

001 Active Current

004 Input Current S 007

002 Reactive Current 005 Input Current T 008

003 Input Current R 006 DC Bus Volt

011

030 Rated Amps

032

031 Control SW Ver 033

Dynamic Control

Control Modes Nom Input Volt 040 Start/Stop Mode 046

Dynamic Control

Voltage Loop DC Volt Ref Sel 060

DC Volt Ref

061

Limits

Motor Power Lmt 075 Current Lmt Val 077 DC Bus Hi Alarm 079

Regen Power Lmt 076 DC Bus Lo Alarm 078

Utility
Utility

Converter Memory Param Access Lvl 090 Voltage Class

094

Reset to Defaults 091

Language

093

Diagnostics

Start Inhibits

100

Dig In Status

102

Dig Out Status

103

Faults

Fault Config

120

Alarms

Alarm Config

135

Inputs and Analog Inputs Anlg In Config

200 Analog In 2 Hi

204

Outputs

Analog In 1 Hi

201 Analog In 2 Lo

205

Analog In 1 Lo

202

Inputs & Outputs

Analog Outputs Analog Out1 Sel 209 Analog Out2 Sel 212

Analog Out1 Hi 210 Analog Out2 Hi 213

Analog Out1 Lo 211 Analog Out2 Lo 214

Digital Inputs Digital In1 Sel

221 Digital In4 Sel

224

Digital In2 Sel

222 Digital In5 Sel

225

Digital In3 Sel

223 Digital In6 Sel

226

Digital Outputs Digital Out1 Sel 228 Digital Out3 Sel 233 Digital Out2 Sel 229 Dig Out3 Invert 234 Dig Out2 Invert 230

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

97

Chapter 4 Programming and Parameters

Advanced Parameter View

Parameter 090 [Param Access Lvl] set to option `1' (Advanced).

File

Group

Parameters

Monitor
Monitor

Metering

Input Voltage AC Line Freq Total Current Active Current Reactive Current Input Current R Input Current S Input Current T

001 I Imbalance 002 Ground Current 003 DC Bus Volt 004 DC Bus Current 005 AC Line kW 006 AC Line kVar 007 AC Line kVA 008 Power Factor

009 Heatsink Temp 017

010 Cmd DC Volt

018

011 Motoring MWh 019

012 Regen MWh

020

013 Elapsed Run Time 021

014 Analog In1 Value 022

015 Analog In2 Value 023

016

Converter Data Rated kW Rated Volts

030 Rated Amps

032

031 Control SW Ver 033

Dynamic Control Control Modes Nom Input Volt 040 RatedLineCurrent 045 Auto Stop Level 049

PWM Frequency 041 Start/Stop Mode 046 Contact On Delay 050

Dynamic Control

Modulation Type 042 Restart Delay

047 Control Options 051

Modulation Index 043 Stop Delay

048

Restart Modes AutoRstrt Config 052 Auto Rstrt Tries 053 Auto Rstrt Delay 054

Voltage Loop DC Volt Ref Sel 060 DC Volt Kp

062

DC Volt Ref

061 DC Volt Ki

063

Current Loop Active I Ref

064 Active I Ki

067 Reactive I Sel

070

Reactive I Ref

065 Reactive I Kp

068

Active I Kp

066 Reactive I Ki

069

Limits

Motor Power Lmt 075 DC Bus Lo Alarm 078 DC Ref Hi Lmt

081

Regen Power Lmt 076 DC Bus Hi Alarm 079 Ground I Lvl

082

Current Lmt Val 077 DC Ref Lo Lmt

080

Parallel Mode Droop

085 PWM Synch

086 Start Up Delay 087

Utility
Utility

Converter Memory Param Access Lvl 090 Reset Meters

092 Voltage Class

094

Reset To Defaults 091 Language

093

Diagnostics

Cnvrtr Status 1 095 Dig Out Status

103 Alarm 2 @ Fault 111

Cnvrtr Status 2 096 Fault Frequency 104 Testpoint 1 Sel 112

Cnvrtr Alarm 1 097 Fault Total Curr 105 Testpoint 1 Data 113

Cnvrtr Alarm 2 098 Fault Bus Volts 106 Testpoint 2 Sel 114

DC Ref Source

099 Fault Temp

107 Testpoint 2 Data 115

Start Inhibits

100 Status 1 @ Fault 108 Cnvrtr OL Count 116

Last Stop Source 101 Status 2 @ Fault 109

Dig In Status

102 Alarm 1 @ Fault 110

Faults

Fault Config

120 Fault 2 Code

125 Fault 3 Time

130

Fault Clear

121 Fault 3 Code

126 Fault 4 Time

131

Fault Clear Mode 122 Fault 4 Code

127 Contact Off Cnfg 132

Power Up Marker 123 Fault 1 Time

128 Cnvrtr OL Factor 133

Fault 1 Code

124 Fault 2 Time

129

Alarms

Alarm Config

135 Alarm 1 Code

137 Alarm 3 Code

139

Alarm Clear

136 Alarm 2 Code

138 Alarm 4 Code

140

Communication
Communication

Comm Control DPI Baud Rate Cnvrtr LogicRslt
Masks and Owners Logic Mask Fault Clr Mask

150 DPI Port Sel 151 DPI Port Value
154 Stop Owner 155 Start Owner

152 153
156 Fault Clr Owner 158 157

Datalinks

Data In A1 Data In A2 Data In B1 Data In B2 Data In C1 Data In C2

170 Data In D1

176 Data Out C1

184

171 Data In D2

177 Data Out C2

185

172 Data Out A1

180 Data Out D1

186

173 Data Out A2

181 Data Out D2

187

174 Data Out B1

182

175 Data Out B2

183

Inputs and Outputs
Inputs & Outputs

Analog Inputs

Anlg In Config Analog In 1 Hi Analog In 1 Lo

200 Analog In 1 Loss 203 Analog In 2 Loss 206

201 Analog In 2 Hi

204

202 Analog In 2 Lo

205

Analog Outputs Anlg Out Config 207 Analog Out1 Lo 211 Anlg Out1 Scale 215 Anlg Out Absolut 208 Analog Out2 Sel 212 Anlg Out2 Scale 216 Analog Out1 Sel 209 Analog Out2 Hi 213 Anlg Out1 Setpt 217 Analog Out1 Hi 210 Analog Out2 Lo 214 Anlg Out2 Setpt 218

Digital Inputs Digital In1 Sel

221 Digital In3 Sel

223 Digital In5 Sel

225

Digital In2 Sel

222 Digital In4 Sel

224 Digital In6 Sel

226

Digital Outputs

Dig Out Setpt Digital Out1 Sel Digital Out2 Sel Dig Out2 Invert

227 Dig Out2 OnTime 231 Dig Out3 OnTime 235 228 Dig Out2 OffTime 232 Dig Out3 OffTime 236 229 Digital Out3 Sel 233 230 Dig Out3 Invert 234

98

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Programming and Parameters Chapter 4

Monitor File

No. Parameter Name and Description

Values

File Group

MONITOR Metering

001 [Input Voltage]

Default: Read Only

Displays the incoming supply voltage, only when the AFE is in the Run state.

Min/Max: 0.0/1000.0V AC Units: 0.1V AC

002 [AC Line Freq]

Default: Read Only

Displays the supply frequency. The sign indicates the phase order, only when the AFE is in the Run state. Min/Max: -63.0/63.0 Hz Units: 0.1 Hz

003 [Total Current]

Default: Read Only

32 Displays the total AC input current present at L1, L2, and L3 inputs.

Min/Max: 0.0/[Rated Amps] x 2 Units: 0.1 Amps

004 [Active Current]

Default: Read Only

32 Displays the amount of AC input current that is in phase with the AC input fundamental voltage component. Positive value indicates motoring; negative value indicates regeneration.

Min/Max: +/- [Rated Amps] x 2 Units: 0.1 Amps

005 [Reactive Current]

Default: Read Only

32 Displays the amount of AC input current that is out of phase with the AC input fundamental voltage component. Positive value indicates inductive current; negative value indicates capacitive current.

Min/Max: +/- [Rated Amps] x 2 Units: 0.1 Amps

006 [Input Current R] 007 [Input Current S] 008 [Input Current T]
Displays the RMS value of the L1, L2, and L3 phase AC input current.

Default: Read Only
Min/Max: 0.0/6553.5 Amps Units: 0.1 Amps

009 [I Imbalance]

Default: Read Only

Displays the current imbalance calculated between phases L1, L2, and L3.

Min/Max: 0.0/100.0%

The RMS current for each phase is calculated by summing the instantaneous current squared as sampled Units: 0.1%

at the PWM peak and valley, and then taking the square root of the sum every AC line cycle.

The imbalance is then evaluated every AC line cycle by first finding the largest, smallest, and average phase current. Two equations are then used to calculate the value displayed:
Based_on_Largest = (Largest - Average) x 100 / Average
Based_on_Largest = (Largest - Average) x 100 / Average

The equation that gives the higher value is used for the display.

010 [Ground Current]

Default: Read Only

Displays the ground current measured by summing the three input phase currents.

Min/Max: 0.0/[Rated Amps] x 2 Units: 0.1 Amps

011 [DC Bus Volt]

Default: Read Only

Displays the filtered DC bus voltage. The filter time constant is 32 milliseconds.

Min/Max: 0.0/Based on Unit Rating Units: 0.1V DC

012 [DC Bus Current]

Default: Read Only

32 Displays the DC bus current. Positive value indicates motoring; negative value indicates regeneration. Min/Max: +/- Based on Unit Rating Units: 0.1 Amps

013 [AC Line kW]

Default: Read Only

32 Displays the real power on the AC side. Positive value indicates motoring; negative value indicates regeneration.

Min/Max: +/- Based on Unit Rating Units: 0.1 kW

014 [AC Line kVar]

Default: Read Only

32 Displays the reactive power on the AC line.

Min/Max: +/- Based on Unit Rating Units: 0.1 kVar

015 [AC Line kVA]

Default: Read Only

32 Displays the apparent power on the AC line.

Min/Max: 0.0/Based on Unit Rating Units: 0.1 kVA

016 [Power Factor]

Default: Read Only

Displays the power factor. Positive value indicates motoring power; negative sign indicates regenerative Min/Max: +/-1.00

power.

Units: 0.01

017 [Heatsink Temp]

Default: Read Only

Displays the measured heatsink temperature.

Min/Max: 0/200 °C Units: 1 °C

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

99

Chapter 4 Programming and Parameters

File Group

Metering

MONITOR

No. Parameter Name and Description

Values

018 [Cmd DC Volt]

Default: Read Only

Displays the commanded DC bus voltage reference.

Min/Max: 0.0/1500.0V DC Units: 0.1V DC

019 [Motoring MWh]

Default: Read Only

32 Displays the accumulated motoring MWh. This parameter can be reset with parameter 092 [Reset Meters].

Min/Max: 0.0/429496729.5 MWh Units: 0.1 MWh

020 [Regen MWh]

Default: Read Only

32 Displays the accumulated regenerative MWh fed back to the AC line. This parameter can be reset with Min/Max: 0.0/429496729.5 MWh

parameter 092 [Reset Meters].

Units: 0.1 MWh

021 [Elapsed Run Time]

Default: Read Only

32 Displays the accumulated amount of time that the AFE has been in Run. This parameter can be reset with Min/Max: 0.0/214748364.0 Hr

parameter 092 [Reset Meters].

Units: 0.1 Hr

022 [Analog In1 Value] 023 [Analog In2 Value]
Displays the value of the signal at the analog inputs.

Default: Read Only
Min/Max: 0.000/20.000 mA or -/+10.000V Units: 0.001 mA or 0.001V

030 [Rated kW]

Default: Read Only

32 Displays the nominal power rating of the AFE.

Min/Max: 0.00/3000.00 kW Units: 0.01 kW

031 [Rated Volts]

Default: Read Only

Displays the nominal input voltage class (400V, 480V, 600V, or 690V) of the AFE.

Min/Max: 0.0/1000.0V AC Units: 0.1V AC

032 [Rated Amps]

Default: Read Only

Displays the nominal AC input current rating of the AFE.

Min/Max: 0.0/6553.5 Amps Units: 0.1 Amps

033 [Control SW Ver]

Default: Read Only

Displays the software version of the main control board of the AFE.

Min/Max: 0.000/255.255 Units: 0.001

Converter Data

100

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Programming and Parameters Chapter 4

Dynamic Control File

No. Parameter Name and Description

Values

File Group

DYNAMIC CONTROL Control Modes

040 [Nom Input Volt]

Default: Based on Unit Rating

Sets the incoming supply voltage level. It is used to calculate the DC voltage level for charging control. Min/Max: Based on Unit Rating Units: 1V AC

041 [PWM Frequency]

Default: 3.6 kHz

Sets the carrier frequency for the PWM output. This frequency is fixed to 3.6 kHz, and cannot be changed due to the LCL filter.

Min/Max: 3.0/16.0 kHz Units: 0.1 kHz

042 [Modulation Type]

Default: 2 Software 2

Selects the modulation type.

Options: 0

0 (HW Modulator) = ASIC modulator with the classical third harmonic injection. The current distortion

1

is lower and spectrum is slightly better compared to the Software Modulator.

2

1 (Software 1) = Symmetric vector modulator with symmetrical zero vectors. Current distortion is less

3

than with software modulator 2 if boosting is used.

HW Modulator Software 1 Software 2 Software 3

2 (Software 2) = Symmetric BusClamp, in which one switch always conducts 60° either to negative or positive DC-rail. Switching losses are reduced compared to the modulation type 0 and 1, and spectrum is narrow.

3 (Software 3) = Unsymmetrical BusClamp, in which one switch always conducts 120° to negative DCrail to reduce switching losses. Drawback is that upper and lower switches are unevenly loaded and spectrum is wide.

We recommend using the Software 2 setting. For AFE parallel operation, the Software 3 setting in all AFEs must be used.

043 [Modulation Index]

Default: 100%

Sets the modulation index limit. The default setting of modulation index is 100%. To get the

Min/Max:

maximum 1 minute overload current (ND/HD), adjust the modulation index from 100% to 120%. Units: However, this adjustment affects the modulated output voltage and current waveform (THD) during

overload operation.

20/200% 1%

045 [RatedLineCurrent]

Default: Unit Current

Sets the rated current of the supply transformer. This parameter can be set if the AFE is oversized compared to the supply or feeding transformer capacity.

Min/Max: 0.0/6553.5 Amps Units: 1.0 Amps

046 [Start/Stop Mode]

Default: 0 Normal

Selects the operating mode for the AFE. 0 (Normal) = The AFE starts only with the Run request by a RUN or START command.

Options: 0 Normal 1 Auto

1 (Auto) = The AFE starts regenerative operation automatically whenever the DC bus voltage is higher than the DC voltage reference, and stops when there is no regeneration. To avoid starting, a digital input can be configured to `Enable', and turning off the digital input stops the automatic starting.

047 [Restart Delay]

Default: 220 ms

Sets the minimum time between a previous stop command and the next start request to start the Min/Max: 0/32000 ms

AFE. This parameter takes effect only if parameter 46 [Start/Stop Mode] is set to `0' (Normal).

Units: 1 ms

048 [Stop Delay]

Default: 100 ms

Sets the off time delay between the removal of a Run request and stopping the modulation. This Min/Max: parameter takes effect only if parameter 046 [Start/Stop Mode] is set to `1' (Auto). The converter stops Units: modulating after [Stop Delay] when the converter changes from regenerative to motoring mode and
the DC bus voltage is at least 3% below the DC voltage reference.

0/32000 ms 1 ms

049 [Auto Stop Level]

Default: -3.0%

Sets the active current level for the Auto operation mode when parameter 046 [Start/Stop Mode] is Min/Max: -100.0/100.0% set to `1' (Auto). When the active current value is higher than this value, the regeneration stops. Units: 1.0%

050 [Contact On Delay]

Default: 0.40 secs

Sets the Main contactor on delay time (the delay from Main contactor acknowledge to modulation Min/Max: 0.00/10.00 secs

start).

Units: 0.01 secs

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

101

Chapter 4 Programming and Parameters

File Group

Control Modes

DYNAMIC CONTROL Restart Modes
LCL OverTemp HeatsinkUndTp Anlg In Loss Ground Fault AC OverCurr IGBTOverTemp DC OverVolt DC UnderVolt Auxiliary In

No. Parameter Name and Description

Values

051 [Control Options] A set of bits to select AFE control options to disable different harmonic compensation.
Bit Definition

DC Ref Follow 5th Comp Off

Default Bit

xxxxxxxxxx1xxxxx 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Condition True 0 = Condition False x = Reserved

· Bit 5 (5th Comp Off) ­ Disables 5th harmonic elimination when Bit 5 = 1.
· Bit 12 (DC Ref Follow) ­ Allows the DC Voltage Reference to follow the AC Input Voltage if the input voltage is rising when Bit 12 = 1. In this case, the DC Bus Voltage Ref = P1 [Input Voltage] x P61 [DC Volt Ref] P40 [Nom Input Voltage]. However, the following limits apply to tracking the DC voltage Reference: Low Limit: Parameter 1 [Input Voltage] x 1.35 x 1.05 for all units High Limit: Parameter 40 [Nom Input Voltage] x 1.35 x 1.30 for 400V/480V units Parameter 40 [Nom Input Voltage] x 1.35 x 1.15 for 600V/690V units
052 [AutoRstrt Config] Selects the faults cleared by the auto restart function. Parameter 053 [AutoRstrt Tries] sets the attempt numbers.
Bit Definition

Default Bit

xxxxxxx000010101 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Condition True 0 = Condition False x = Reserved

053 [Auto Rstrt Tries]

Default: 0

Sets the maximum number of times the AFE attempts to reset a configured fault and restart. 0 = No automatic restarting after fault trip.

Min/Max: 0/10 Units: None

054 [Auto Rstrt Delay]

Default: 1.0 sec

Sets the time between restart attempts when parameter 053 [Auto Rstrt Tries] is set to a value other Min/Max: 0.5/30.0 sec

than zero.

Units: 0.1 sec

060 [DC Volt Ref Sel]

Default: 0 DC Volt Ref

Selects the source of the DC bus voltage reference to the AFE.

Options: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

DC Volt Ref Analog In1 Analog In2 DPI Port 1 DPI Port 2 DPI Port 3 DPI Port 4 DPI Port 5

061 [DC Volt Ref]

Default: Parameter 031 [Rated Volts] x 1.35 x 1.1

Sets the DC voltage reference. Used when parameter 060 [DC Volt Ref Sel] is set to `0' (DC Volt Ref). Min: Max:
Units:

[Rated Volts] x 1.35 x 1.05 [Rated Volts] x 1.35 x 1.3 (for 400/480V units) [Rated Volts] x 1.35 x 1.15 (for 600/690V units) 0.1V DC

062 [DC Volt Kp]

Default: 200

Sets the proportional gain for the bus regulator to adjust regulator response.

Min/Max: 0/10000 Units: None

063 [DC Volt Ki]

Default: 0.0040 sec

Sets the voltage loop integral gain for responsiveness of the bus regulator.

Min/Max: 0.0000/6.0000 sec Units: 0.0001 sec

Voltage Loop

102

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

File Group

Current Loop

Programming and Parameters Chapter 4

No. Parameter Name and Description

Values

064 [Active I Ref]

Default: Read Only

Displays the active current reference.

Min/Max: +/- 3200.0 Amp Units: 0.1 Amp

065 [Reactive I Ref]

Default: 0.0 Amp

If selected by [Reactive I Sel], this parameter sets the reference for the reactive current. This parameter Min/Max: can be used for power factor correction of the power system. Positive value gives inductive current; Units: negative value gives capacitive current. The maximum reactive current is limited by the following
formula:

+/- Based on parameter 032 [Rated Amps] 0.1 Amp

Maximum Reactive I Ref = P032 [Rated Amps] 2 - P004 [Active Current] 2

066 [Active I Kp]

Default: 400

Sets the active current controller gain.

Min/Max: 0/4000 Units: None

067 [Active I Ki]

Default: 0.0266 sec

Sets the integral gain of the active current controller.

Min/Max: 0.0000/6.0000 sec Units: 0.0001 sec

068 [Reactive I Kp]

Default: 2000

Sets the synchronization controller gain.

Min/Max: 0/32000 Units: None

069 [Reactive I Ki]

Default: 0.040 sec

Sets the integral of the synchronization controller.

Min/Max: 0.000/20.000 sec Units: 0.001 sec

070 [Reactive I Sel]

Default: 0 React I Ref

Selects the source from which the reactive current is taken.

Options: 0 1 2

React I Ref Analog In1 Analog In2

075 [Motor Power Lmt]

Default: 300.0%

Sets the limit for motoring power on the AC line.

Min/Max: 0.1/300.0% Units: 0.1%

076 [Regen Power Lmt]

Default: -300.0%

Sets the limit for regenerative power allowed to the AC line.

Min/Max: -0.1/-300.0% Units: 0.1%

077 [Current Lmt Val]

Default: 1.5 x [Rated Amps]

Sets the current limit value.

Min/Max: 0.0/Based on Unit Rating Units: 0.1 Amps

078 [DC Bus Lo Alarm]

Default: Based on Unit Rating

Sets the lowest acceptable DC bus voltage for the application. A warning is indicated if the DC bus Min/Max: 0.0/2000.0V DC

voltage falls below the value of this parameter.

Units: 0.1V DC

079 [DC Bus Hi Alarm]

Default: Based on Unit Rating

Sets the highest acceptable DC bus voltage for the application. A warning is indicated if the DC bus Min/Max: 0.0/2000.0V DC

voltage exceeds the value of this parameter.

Units: 0.1V DC

080 [DC Ref Lo Lmt]

Default: Read Only

Displays the limit value of the DC bus reference low limitation, which is calculated based on the voltage class x 1.35 x 1.05.

Min/Max: 0.0/1500.0V DC Units: 0.1V DC

081 [DC Ref Hi Lmt]

Default: Read Only

Displays the limit value of the DC bus reference high limitation. This limit is calculated based on the Min/Max: 0.0/1500.0V DC voltage class x 1.35 x 1.3 (for 400/480V units) or voltage class x 1.35 x 1.15 (for 600/690V units). Units: 0.1V DC

082 [Ground I Lvl]

Default: 50.0%

Sets the limit value of ground current in % of the unit rating before a ground current alarm or fault is Min/Max: 0.0/100.0%

activated. For AFE parallel operation, the values in all AFEs must be set to 100%.

Units: 0.1% (Based on unit rating)

DYNAMIC CONTROL

Limits

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

103

Chapter 4 Programming and Parameters

File Group

DYNAMIC CONTROL Parallel Mode

No. Parameter Name and Description

Values

085 [Droop]

Default: 0.00%

Sets the droop as % of active current reference for current balancing when AFEs are used in parallel Min/Max: 0.00/100.00% independent mode. It affects DC bus voltage if enabled. Recommended value for parallel AFEs is 5%. Units: 0.01%

086 [PWM Synch]

Default: 0 Disabled

Sets synchronization to reduce the circulating current between parallel connected AFEs when they are Options: 0

connected to the same DC bus and are fed from the same incoming power source without an isolation

1

transformer. In this case, parameter 085 [Droop] must be set to 5% in all AFEs, and this parameter 086

[PWM Synch] must be set to `1' (Enabled).

Disabled Enabled

087 [Start Up Delay]

Default: 0.00 sec

Sets a starting delay when Run command is given. When programming different delay to parallel Min/Max: 0.00/300.00 sec

AFEs, the AFEs start in sequence.

Units: 0.01 sec

104

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Programming and Parameters Chapter 4

Utility File

No. Parameter Name and Description

Values

File Group

Converter Memory

UTILIT Y

090 [Param Access Lvl]
Selects the parameter display level.
0 (Basic) = Reduced parameter set.
1 (Advanced) = Full parameter set.
091 [Reset to Defaults]
Resets parameters to factory defaults except parameters 093 [Language] and 090 [Param Access Lvl].
0 (Ready) = A new value can be entered.
1 (Factory) = Resets parameters to factory defaults.
2 (Low Voltage) = Resets parameters to factory defaults and configures parameters for a: ­ 400/480V AFE unit for 400V operation. ­ 600/690V AFE unit for 600V operation.
3 (High Voltage) = Resets parameters to factory defaults and configures parameters for a: ­ 400/480V AFE unit for 480V operation. ­ 600/690V AFE unit for 690V operation.
IMPORTANT: The DC bus voltage must be present to set the voltage class.
092 [Reset Meters]
Resets these selected meters (Motoring MWh, Regen MWh, and Elapsed Time) to zero.

093 [Language] Limited to English language only.

094 [Voltage Class] Displays the last `Reset To Defaults' operation.

095 [Cnvrtr Status 1] Displays the present operating condition of the AFE.
Bit Definition

DCVoltRefD2 DCVoltRefD1 DCVoltRefD0 Cmd Delayed Regen CurLim Mot CurLim At Reference Faulted Alarm Droop Active In Precharge Regenerating Motoring Active Ready

Default Bit

x000000000000000 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Condition True 0 = Condition False x = Reserved

· Bit 0 (Ready) indicates all inhibits are cleared. · Bit 1 (Active) indicates that the AFE is modulating. · Bit 2 (Motoring) indicates that the AFE is running in Motoring mode. · Bit 3 (Regenerating) indicates that the AFE is regenerating power to the AC line. · Bit 4 (In Precharge) indicates that the AFE is in precharging status. · Bit 5 (Droop Active) indicates that the droop function for AFE paralleling is activated. · Bit 6 (Alarm) indicates that the AFE has detected an alarm. · Bit 7 (Faulted) indicates that the AFE has detected a fault. · Bit 8 (At Reference) indicates that the DC bus voltage is at the command value. · Bit 9 (Mot CurLim) indicates that the AFE exceeds the current limit in Motoring mode. · Bit 10 (Regen CurLim) indicates that the AFE exceeds the current limit in regenerative mode. · Bit 11 (Cmd Delayed) indicates pending start command. · Bits 12...14 indicate the DC bus voltage reference selection.

Default: 0
Options: 0 1

Basic
Basic Advanced

Default: 0
Options: 0 1 2 3

Ready
Ready Factory Low Voltage High Voltage

Default: Options:
Default: Options: Default: Options:

0 Ready
0 Ready 1 Motoring MWh 2 Regen MWh 3 Elapsed Time
0 Not Selected
0 Not Selected 1 English
Read Only
0 = Low Voltage 1 = High Voltage
Read Only

Bits

Description

14 13 12

0 0 0 DC Volt Ref 0 0 1 Analog In1 0 1 0 Analog In2 0 1 1 DPI Port 1 1 0 0 DPI Port 2 1 0 1 DPI Port 3 1 1 0 DPI Port 4 1 1 1 DPI Port 5

Diagnostics

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

105

Chapter 4 Programming and Parameters

File Group
DPI at 500k AutoRst Act AutoRst Ctdn ModIndexLim Active Ready

UTILITY Diagnostics

No. Parameter Name and Description

096 [Cnvrtr Status 2] Displays the present operating condition of the AFE and active source.
Bit Definition

Default Bit

xx0xxx00xxxxx000 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Condition True 0 = Condition False x = Reserved

· Bit 0 (Ready) indicates all inhibits are cleared. · Bit 1 (Active) indicates that the AFE is modulating. · Bit 2 (ModIndexLim) indicates that the AFE reached the modulation index limitation. · Bit 8 (AutoRst Ctdn) indicates that the auto restart timer is counting down. · Bit 9 (AutoRst Act) indicates that the auto restart function is activated. · Bit 13 (DPI at 500k) indicates DPI communication with 500k of baud rate.
097 [Cnvrtr Alarm 1]
Displays alarm conditions that presently exist in the unit.
Bit Definition

Values

Read Only Read Only

Overload DCBusHiAlarm DCBusLoAlarm DCRefHighLim DCRefLowLim LCL Fan Stop HeatsinkOvTp LineSyncFail Anlg In Loss DC UnderVolt Prechrg Actv

Default Bit

xxxxx11111111111 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Condition True 0 = Condition False x = Reserved

· Bit 0 (Prechrg Actv) indicates that precharging is not completed. · Bit 1 (DC UnderVolt) indicates that the DC link voltage exceeded the limit. · Bit 2 (Anlg In Loss) indicates the analog input loss. · Bit 3 (LineSync Fail) indicates that the AC input line phase is missing. · Bit 4 (HeatsinkOv Tp) indicates that the heatsink temperature is over temperature (90 °C [194 °F]). · Bit 5 (LCL Fan Stop) indicates that the LCL fan has been stopped. · Bit 6 (DCRefLowLim) indicates that the DC voltage reference is less than the limit in parameter 080 [DC Ref Lo Lmt]. · Bit 7 (DCRefHighLim) indicates that the DC voltage reference exceeds the limit in parameter 081 [DC Ref Hi Lmt]. · Bit 8 (DCBusLo Alarm) indicates that the DC voltage is less than the value set by parameter 078 [DC Bus Lo Alarm]. · Bit 9 (DCBusHi Alarm) indicates that the DC voltage exceeds the value set by parameter 079 [DC Bus Hi Alarm]. · Bit 10 (Overload) indicates that parameter 003 [Total Current] exceeds the rated current.
098 [Cnvrtr Alarm 2]
Displays alarm conditions that presently exist in the unit.
Bit Definition

Read Only

Contact Fdbk DigInConflict

Default Bit

xxxxxxxxxxxxxx00 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Condition True 0 = Condition False x = Reserved

· Bit 0 (DigInConflict) indicates that there is a conflict with the digital input settings. · Bit 1 (Contact Fdbk) indicates that there is no feedback from the main contact.
099 [DC Ref Source] Displays the source of the DC bus voltage reference to the unit.

Default:
Options: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Read Only
DC Volt Ref Analog In1 Analog In2 DPI Port 1 DPI Port 2 DPI Port 3 DPI Port 4 DPI Port 5

106

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

File Group
DPI Port 5 DPI Port 4 DPI Port 3 DPI Port 2 DPI Port 1 Startup Actv Params Reset Stop Assertd DC Bus Pchrg Enable Type 2 Alarm Fault

Programming and Parameters Chapter 4

No. Parameter Name and Description

Values

100 [Start Inhibits] Displays the inputs presently preventing the AFE from starting.
Bit Definition

Read Only

Default Bit

xx00000xx0000000 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Inhibit True 0 = Inhibit False x = Reserved

· Bit 0 (Fault) is set when the AFE is faulted. · Bit 1 (Type 2 Alarm) is set when the AFE has an alarm of type 2. · Bit 2 (Enable) is set when the AFE is not enabled. · Bit 3 (DC Bus Pchrg) is set when the AFE is in precharging. · Bit 4 (Stop Assertd) is set when a stop command is asserted. · Bit 5 (Params Reset) is set when parameter 091 [Reset To Defaults] is reset to defaults. · Bit 6 (Startup Actv) is set when the AFE is in startup sequencing. · Bits 9...13 indicate that the AFE start is inhibited by the respective DPI port.

101 [Last Stop Source]

Default:

Displays the source that initiated the most recent stop sequence. It will be cleared (set to zero) during the next Options: start sequence.

102 [Dig In Status] Displays the status of the digital inputs.
Bit Definition

Default Bit

xxxxxxxxxx000000 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Digital In6 Digital In5 Digital In4 Digital In3 Digital In2 Digital In1

1 = Input Present 0 = Input Not Present x = Reserved

Read Only
0 Pwr Removed 1...5 DPI Port 1...5 6 Reserved 7 Digital In 8 Fault 9 Not Enabled
Read Only

103 [Dig Out Status] Displays the status of the digital outputs.
Bit Definition

Read Only

DigitalOut 3 DigitalOut 2 DigitalOut 1

Default Bit

xxxxxxxxxxxxx000 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Output Present 0 = Output Not Present x = Reserved

104 [Fault Frequency] Captures and displays the AC line frequency at the time of the last fault.
105 [Fault Total Curr] 32 Captures and displays the DC bus amps at the time of the last fault.
106 [Fault Bus Volts] Captures and displays the DC bus voltage at the time of the last fault.
107 [Fault Temp] Captures and displays the heatsink temperature at the time of the last fault.

Default:
Min/Max: Units:
Default:
Min/Max: Units:
Default:
Min/Max: Units:
Default:
Min/Max: Units:

Read Only
-63.0/63.0 Hz 0.1 Hz
Read Only
0.0/[Rated Amps] x 2 0.1 Amps
Read Only
0/Max Bus Volts 1V DC
Read Only
0/200 °C 1 °C

UTILITY Diagnostic

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

107

Chapter 4 Programming and Parameters

File Group
DCVoltRefD2 DCVoltRefD1 DCVoltRefD0 Cmd Delayed Regen CurLim Mot CurLim At Reference Faulted Alarm Droop Active In Precharge Regenerating Motoring Active Ready

UTILITY Diagnostic

No. Parameter Name and Description
108 [Status 1 @ Fault] Captures and displays the bit pattern of parameter 095 [Cnvrtr Status 1] at the time of the last fault.
Bit Definition

Default Bit

x000000000000000 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Condition True 0 = Condition False x = Reserved

109 [Status 2 @ Fault] Captures and displays the bit pattern of parameter 096 [Cnvrtr Status 2] at the time of the last fault.
Bit Definition

DPI at 500 k AutoRst Act AutoRst Ctdn ModIndexLim Active Ready

Default Bit

xx0xxx00xxxxx000 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Condition True 0 = Condition False x = Reserved

110 [Alarm 1 @ Fault] Captures and displays the bit pattern of parameter 097 [Cnvrtr Alarm 1] at the time of the last fault.
Bit Definition

Values

Read Only

Bits

Description

14 13 12

0 0 0 DC Volt Ref 0 0 1 Analog In1 0 1 0 Analog In2 0 1 1 DPI Port 1 1 0 0 DPI Port 2

1 0 1 DPI Port 3 1 1 0 DPI Port 4 1 1 1 DPI Port 5

Read Only

Read Only

Overload DCBusHiAlarm DCBusLoAlarm DCRefHighLim DCRefLowLim LCL Fan Stop HeatsinkOvTp LineSyncFail Anlg In Loss DC UnderVolt Prechrg Actv

Default x 0 x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Bit

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Condition True 0 = Condition False x = Reserved

111 [Alarm 2 @ Fault] Captures and displays the bit pattern of parameter 098 [Cnvrtr Alarm 2] at the time of the last fault.
Bit Definition

Read Only

Contact Fdbk DigInConflct

Default x x x x x x x x x x x 0 x x 0 0

Bit

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Condition True 0 = Condition False x = Reserved

112 [Testpoint 1 Sel]

Default: 499

Selects the function whose value is displayed in parameter 113 [Testpoint 1 Data]. These internal values are not Min/Max: 0/65535

accessible through parameters.

Units: None

113 [Testpoint 1 Data]

Default: Read Only

Displays the present value of the function selected in parameter 112 [Testpoint 1 Sel].

Min/Max: -/+32767 Units: None

114 [Testpoint 2 Sel]

Default: 499

Selects the function whose value is displayed in parameter 115 [Testpoint 2 Data]. These internal values are not Min/Max: 0/65535

accessible through parameters.

Units: None

115 [Testpoint 2 Data]

Default: Read Only

Displays the present value of the function selected in parameter 114 [Testpoint 2 Sel].

Min/Max: -/+32767 Units: None

116 [Cnvrtr OL Count]

Default: Read Only

Displays the accumulated percentage of AFE overload. Continuously operating the AFE over the set level increases this value to 100% and cause an AFE fault.

Min/Max: 0.1%/+100.0% Units: 0.1%

108

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

File Group
AutoResetLim Overload LineSyncFail DC UnderVolt

Programming and Parameters Chapter 4

No. Parameter Name and Description
120 [Fault Config] Enables/disables annunciation of the listed faults.
Bit Definition

Values

Default Bit

xxxxxxxxxx000x0x 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Enabled 0 = Disabled x = Reserved

121 [Fault Clear]

Default: 0 Ready

Resets a fault and clears the fault queue. 0 (Ready) = A new value can be entered. 1 (Clear Faults) = A fault is reset.

Options: 0 1 2

Ready Clear Faults Clr Fault Que

2 (Clr Fault Que) = The fault queue is cleared.

122 [Fault Clear Mode]

Default: 1 Enabled

Enables/disables a fault reset (clear faults) attempt from any source. This mode does not apply to fault codes Options: 0 Disabled

that are cleared indirectly through other actions.

1 Enabled

123 [Power Up Marker]

Default: Read Only

32 Displays the elapsed hours since initial AFE power-up. This value rolls over to `0' after the AFE has been

Min/Max: 0.0000/429496.7295 Hr

powered on for more than the maximum value shown. For relevance to most recent power-up, see parameters Units: 0.0001 Hr

128...131 [Fault x Time].

124 [Fault 1 Code] 126 [Fault 2 Code] 128 [Fault 3 Code] 130 [Fault 4 Code]

Default: Read Only
Min/Max: 0/65535 Units: None

Displays a code that represents the fault that tripped the AFE. The codes appear in these parameters in the order they occur (parameter 124 [Fault 1 Code] = the most recent fault).

125 [Fault 1 Time] 127 [Fault 2 Time] 129 [Fault 3 Time] 131 [Fault 4 Time]

Default: Read Only
Min/Max: 0.0000/429496.7295 Hr Units: 0.0001 Hr

32 Displays the time between initial AFE power-up and the occurrence of the associated trip fault. The time that is shown by these parameters can be compared to parameter 123 [Power Up Marker] for the time from the most recent power-up. Therefore, [Fault x Time] - [Power Up Marker] = Time difference to the most recent powerup. A negative value indicates that the fault occurred before the most recent power-up. A positive value indicates that the fault occurred after the most recent power-up.

132 [Contact Off Cnfg]

Configures faults that force the main contactor off in case of fault. This configuration is only possible if the precharge contactor is off or controlled over the network (digital output selection) and the AFE is supplied by an external 24V DC power supply.
This configuration provides an option to protect the AFE when the AFE is faulted, modulating is stopped, and the motoring current can still flow through the IGBT diode.

Bit Definition

All Fault LCL OverTemp HeatsinkOvTp Overload AC OverCurr IGBTOverTemp DC OverVolt Auxiliary In

Default Bit

xxxxxx0000x000x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Enabled Contactor Off command from fault* 0 = Disabled Contactor Off command from fault x = Reserved *If enabled, the auto restart function is disabled.

133 [Cnvrtr OL Factor] Sets the operating level for the AFE overload. (AFE rated current) x (AFE OL Factor) = Operating Level

Default: 1.00
Min/Max: 0.50/1.50 Units: None

UTILIT Y Faults

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

109

Chapter 4 Programming and Parameters

File Group

UTILIT Y Alarms

No. Parameter Name and Description
135 [Alarm Config] Enables/disables alarm conditions that initiate an AFE alarm.
Bit Definition

Values

DCBusHiAlarm DCBusLoAlarm DCRefHighLim DCRefLowLim LCL Fan Stop HeatsinkOvTp LineSyncFail Anlg In Loss DC UnderVolt Prechrg Actv

Default Bit

xxxxxx1111111111 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Enabled 0 = Disabled x = Reserved

· Bit 0 (Prechrg Actv) sets an alarm when the precharging is not completed. · Bit 1 (DC UnderVolt) sets an alarm when the DC link voltage exceeded the limit. · Bit 2 (Anlg In Loss) sets an alarm when the analog input is lost. · Bit 3 (LineSyncFail) sets an alarm when the AC input line phase is missing. · Bit 4 (HeatsinkOvTp) sets an alarm when the heatsink temperature is over temperature (90 °C [194 °F]). · Bit 5 (LCL Fan Stop) sets an alarm when the LCL fan has been stopped. · Bit 6 (DCRefLowLim) sets an alarm when the DC voltage reference is less than the limit in parameter 080 [DC Ref Lo Lmt]. · Bit 7 (DCRefHighLim) sets an alarm when the DC voltage reference exceeds the limit in parameter 081 [DC Ref Hi Lmt]. · Bit 8 (DCBusLoAlarm) sets an alarm when the DC voltage is less than the value set by parameter 078 [DC Bus Lo Alarm]. · Bit 9 (DCBusHiAlarm) sets an alarm when the DC voltage exceeds the value set by parameter 079 [DC Bus Hi Alarm].

136 [Alarm Clear]

Default: 0 Ready

Resets all [Alarm 1...4 Code] parameters to `0'.

Options: 0 Ready 1 Clr Alarm Que

137 [Alarm 1 Code] 138 [Alarm 2 Code] 139 [Alarm 3 Code] 140 [Alarm 4 Code]

Default: Read Only
Min/Max: 0/65535 Units: None

Displays a code that represents a converter alarm. The codes appear in the order they occur ([Alarm 1 Code] = the most recent alarm). A time stamp is not available with alarms.

110

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Programming and Parameters Chapter 4

Communication File

No. Parameter Name and Description

Values

File Group

150 [DPI Baud Rate] Displays the `500 kbps' baud rate that DPI uses for peripherals attached to the AFE.
151 [Cnvrtr Logic Rslt] Captures and displays the final Logic Command that results from the combination of all DPI and discrete inputs. This parameter has the same structure as the product-specific Logic Command received via DPI, and is used in peer-to-peer communications.
Bit Definition

Default:

Read Only Read Only

Cmd LogicOut Clear Fault Start Stop

Comm Control

COMMUNICATION

Default Bit

xxxxx0xx0xxx0x00 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Condition True 0 = Condition False x = Reserved

152 [DPI Port Sel] Selects which DPI port reference value appears in parameter 153 [DPI Port Value].
153 [DPI Port Value] Displays the value of the DPI reference selected in parameter 152 [DPI Port Sel].
154 [Logic Mask] Sets which adapters can control the AFE. If the bit for an adapter is set to `0', the adapter has no control functions except for stop.

Default: Options:
Default: Min/Max: Units:

1 DPI Port 1
1 DPI Port 1 2 DPI Port 2 3 DPI Port 3 4 DPI Port 4 5 DPI Port 5
Read Only
0.0/1500.0V DC 0.1V DC

DPI Port 5 DPI Port 4 DPI Port 3 DPI Port 2 DPI Port 1 Digital In

Bit Definition

Default Bit

xxxxxxxxxx111111 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Control Permitted 0 = Control Masked x = Reserved

155 [Fault Clr Mask] Sets which adapters can clear a fault.
156 [Stop Owner] Displays the adapters that are presently issuing a valid stop command.
Bit Definition

Default Bit

xxxxxxxxxx000001 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

DPI Port 5 DPI Port 4 DPI Port 3 DPI Port 2 DPI Port 1 Digital In

See [Logic Mask].
Read Only
1 = digital outputIssuing Command 0 = No Command

157 [Start Owner] Displays the adapters that are presently issuing a valid start command.
158 [Fault Clr Owner] Displays the adapters that are presently clearing a fault.

See [Stop Owner]. See [Stop Owner].

Masks and Owners

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

111

Chapter 4 Programming and Parameters

File Group

COMMUNICATION Datalinks

No. Parameter Name and Description

Values

170 [Data In A1] - Link A Word 1

Default: 0 (0 = Disabled)

171 [Data In A2] - Link A Word 2 Sets the parameter number whose value is written from a communication device data table.

Min/Max: 0/236 Units: None

If parameters that can only be changed while the unit is stopped are used as datalink inputs, they are not updated until the unit is stopped.

See the communication adapter User Manual for datalink information.

172 [Data In B1] - Link B Word 1 173 [Data In B2] - Link B Word 2

See [Data In A1] - Link A Word 1 [Data In A2] Link A Word 2.

174 [Data In C1] - Link C Word 1 175 [Data In C2] - Link C Word 2

See [Data In A1] - Link A Word 1 [Data In A2] Link A Word 2.

176 [Data In D1] - Link D Word 1 177 [Data In D2] - Link D Word 2

See [Data In A1] - Link A Word 1 [Data In A2] Link A Word 2.

180 [Data Out A1] - Link A Word 1 181 [Data Out A2] - Link A Word 2
Sets the parameter number whose value is written to a communication device data table.
182 [Data Out B1] - Link B Word 1 183 [Data Out B2] - Link B Word 2
184 [Data Out C1] - Link C Word 1 185 [Data Out C2] - Link C Word 2
186 [Data Out D1] - Link D Word 1 187 [Data Out D2] - Link D Word 2

Default: 0 (0 = Disabled)
Min/Max: 0/236 Units: None
See [Data Out A1] - Link A Word 1 [Data Out A2] Link A Word 2.
See [Data Out A1] - Link A Word 1 [Data Out A2] Link A Word 2.
See [Data Out A1] - Link A Word 1 [Data Out A2] Link A Word 2.

112

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

File Group

Inputs and Outputs File
No. Parameter Name and Description
200 [Anlg In Config] Selects the mode for the analog inputs.
Bit Definition

Programming and Parameters Chapter 4 Values

An2 (0 = V, 1 = mA) An1 (0 = V, 1 = mA)

Analog Inputs

INPUTS and OUTPUTS

Default Bit

xxxxxxxxxxxxxx00 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Current 0 = Voltage x = Reserved

201 [Analog In 1 Hi]

Default: 10.000V

Sets the highest input value to the Analog Input 1 scaling block. Parameter 200 [Anlg In Config] defines if this input is -/+10V or 4...20 mA.

Min/Max: Units:

4.000/20.000 mA -/+10.000V 0.001 mA 0.001V

202 [Analog In 1 Lo]

Default: 0.000V

Sets the lowest input value to the Analog Input 1 scaling block. Parameter 200 [Anlg In Config] defines if this input is -/+10V or 4...20 mA.

Min/Max: Units:

4.000/20.000 mA -/+10.000V 0.001 mA 0.001V

203 [Analog In 1 Loss]

Default: 0 Disabled

Selects the AFE action when an analog signal loss is detected. Signal loss is defined as an analog signal Options: 0

less than 1V or 2 mA. The signal loss event ends and normal operation resumes when the input signal

1

level is greater than or equal to 1.5V or 3 mA.

2

3

4

Disabled Fault Hold Input Set Input Lo Set Input Hi

204 [Analog In 2 Hi]

Default: 10.000V

Sets the highest input value to the Analog Input 2 scaling block. Parameter 200 [Anlg In Config] defines if this input is -/+10V or 4...20 mA.

Min/Max: Units:

4.000/20.000 mA -/+10.000V 0.001 mA 0.001V

205 [Analog In 2 Lo]

Default: 0.000V

Sets the lowest input value to the Analog Input 2 scaling block. Parameter 200 [Anlg In Config] defines if this input is -/+10V or 4...20 mA.

Min/Max: Units:

4.000/20.000 mA -/+10.000V 0.001 mA 0.001V

206 [Analog In 2 Loss]

Default: 0 Disabled

Selects the AFE action when an analog signal loss is detected. Signal loss is defined as an analog signal Options: 0

less than 1V or 2 mA. The signal loss event ends and normal operation resumes when the input signal

1

level is greater than or equal to 1.5V or 3 mA.

2

3

4

Disabled Fault Hold Input Set Input Lo Set Input Hi

207 [Anlg Out Config]

Selects the mode for the analog outputs.

Bit Definition

An2 (0 = V, 1 = mA) An1 (0 = V, 1 = mA)

Analog Outputs

Default x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 0

Bit

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Current 0 = Voltage x = Reserved

Important: Make sure that the jumpers are in the correct position or the output is wrong: J3 = Analog Output 1; J4 = Analog Output 2 Position AB = Current; Position BC = Voltage 0-10V (default); Position CD = Voltage -/+10V

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

113

Chapter 4 Programming and Parameters

File Group

INPUTS and OUTPUTS Analog Outputs

No. Parameter Name and Description

Values

208 [Anlg Out Absolute] Selects whether the signed value or absolute value of a parameter is used before being scaled to drive the analog output.
Bit Definition

Analog Out2 Analog Out1

Default Bit

xxxxxxxxxxxxxx11 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Absolute 0 = Signed x = Reserved

209 [Analog Out1 Sel] Selects the source for Analog Output 1.

Options
0 Input Volt 1 AC Line Freq 2 Total Curr 3 Active Curr 4 ReactiveCurr 5 Input Curr R 6 Input Curr S 7 Input Curr T 8 DC Bus Volt 9 DC Bus Curr 10 AC Line kW 11 AC Line kVar 12 AC Line kVA 13 Power Factor 14 DC Bus V Ref 15 Param Cntl (1) 16 TestPt Data1

[Analog Out1 Lo] Value

Parameter [Anlg Out Absolut] =

Signed

Absolute

0V AC

0V AC

­63.0 Hz

0 Hz

0 Amps

0 Amps

­200% Rated 0 Amps

­200% Rated 0 Amps

0 Amps

0 Amps

0 Amps

0 Amps

0 Amps

0 Amps

0V DC

0V DC

­200% Rated 0 Amps

­200% Rated 0 kW

­200% Rated 0 kVar

0 kVA

0 kVA

-1.00

0

P080 [V DC]

P080 [V DC]

--

--

-32767

0

[Analog Out1 Hi] Value
200% Rated (2)
63.0 Hz 200% Rated (3) 200% Rated (3) 200% Rated (3) 200% Rated (3) 200% Rated (3) 200% Rated (3) 300% Rated (2) 200% Rated (3) 200% Rated (4) 200% Rated (4) 200% Rated (4)
1.00
P081 [V DC]
--
32767

(1) Parameter controlled analog output allows PLC to control analog outputs through datalinks. Set in parameter 217 [Anlg Out1 Setpt] and parameter 218 [Anlg Out2 Setpt].
(2) 100% corresponds to parameter 031 [Rated Volts]. (3) 100% corresponds to parameter 032 [Rated Amps]. (4) 100% corresponds to parameter 030 [Rated kW].

Default: 0 = Input Volt Options: See Table

210 [Analog Out1 Hi] Sets the Analog Output 1 value when the source value is at maximum.
211 [Analog Out1 Lo] Sets the Analog Output 1 value when the source value is at minimum.
212 [Analog Out2 Sel] Selects the source for Analog Output 2.
213 [Analog Out2 Hi] Sets the Analog Output 2 value when the source value is at maximum.
214 [Analog Out2 Lo] Sets the Analog Output 2 value when the source value is at minimum.

Default: Min/Max:
Units:
Default: Min/Max:
Units:
Default: Options: Default: Min/Max:
Units:
Default: Min/Max:
Units:

20.000 mA, 10.000V
4.000/20.000 mA -/+10.000V 0.001 mA 0.001V
0.000 mA, 0.000V
4.000/20.000 mA -/+10.000V 0.001 mA 0.001V
0 = AC Line Freq
See [Analog Out1 Sel] Table
20.000 mA, 10.000V
4.000/20.000 mA -/+10.000V 0.001 mA 0.001V
0.000 mA, 0.000V
4.000/20.000 mA -/+10.000V 0.001 mA 0.001V

114

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

File Group

Analog Outputs

INPUTS and OUTPUTS

Programming and Parameters Chapter 4

No. Parameter Name and Description

Values

215 [Anlg Out1 Scale]

Default: 0.0

32 Sets the high value for the range of Analog Output 1 scale. Entering `0.0' disables this scale and the Min/Max: Based on [Analog Out1 Sel]

maximum scale is used.

Units: Based on [Analog Out1 Sel]

Example: If parameter 209 [Analog Out1 Sel] = `DC Bus Volt', the maximum value is

2 * parameter 031 [Rated Volts] = 800V DC. By setting parameter 215 [Anlg Out1 Scale] = 600V DC,

then 600V DC instead of 800V DC is used for the parameter 210 [Analog Out1 Hi] value at the analog

output.

216 [Anlg Out2 Scale]

Default: 0.0

32 Sets the high value for the range of Analog Output 2 scale. Entering `0.0' disables this scale and max Min/Max: Based on [Analog Out2 Sel]

scale is used.

Units: Based on [Analog Out2 Sel]

Example: If parameter 212 [Analog Out2 Sel] = `DC Bus Volt', the maximum value is

2 * parameter 031 [Rated Volts] = 800V DC. By setting parameter 216 [Anlg Out2 Scale] = 600V DC,

then 600V DC instead of 800V DC is used for the parameter 213 [Analog Out2 Hi] value at the analog

output.

217 [Anlg Out1 Setpt]

Default: 0.000 mA, 0.000V

Sets the Analog Output 1 value from a communication device.
Example: Set parameter 170 [Data In A1] to `217' (value from communication device). Then set parameter 209 [Analog Out1 Sel] to `Param Cntl'.

Min/Max: Units:

4.000/20.000 mA -/+10.000V 0.001 mA 0.001V

218 [Anlg Out2 Setpt]

Default: 0.000 mA, 0.000V

Sets the Analog Output 2 value from a communication device.
Example: Set parameter 171 [Data In A2] to `218' (value from communication device). Then set unit parameter 212 [Analog Out2 Sel] to `Param Cntl'.

Min/Max: Units:

4.000/20.000 mA -/+10.000V 0.001 mA 0.001V

221 [Digital In1 Sel] 222 [Digital In2 Sel] 223 [Digital In3 Sel] 224 [Digital In4 Sel] 225 [Digital In5 Sel] (Only this parameter is fixed and non-configurable.) 226 [Digital In6 Sel]

Default In1: 1 Default In2: 2 Default In3: 3 Default In4: 6 Default In5: 4 Default In6: 5

Run Clear Fault Enable Mcont ContactorAck LCL OverTemp Not Used

Selects the function for the digital inputs.

Options: 0 Not Used

1 (Run) - Selects the digital input to command the AFE to start modulating as long as the stop input is

1 Run

not on. It is selectable for other functions, if the Run is controlled over DPI.

2 Clear Fault

2 (Clear Fault) - Selects the digital input, if a fault is pending, to clear it if the condition is no longer present. It is also selectable if this function is controlled by Comm Bus.

3 Aux Fault 4 LCL OverTemp

3 (Aux Fault) - Selects the digital input to be a customer-supplied external signal wired into the AFE unit. Opening this contact issues an external fault command, disabling the converter.
4 (LCL OverTemp) - Selects the digital input to be used as temperature protection to the LCL filter.
5 (LCL Fan Stop) - Selects the digital input to be used as an acknowledge signal from the LCL filter fan operation.
6 (ContactorAck) - Selects the digital input to be used as an acknowledge signal from the main

5 LCL Fan Stop 6 ContactorAck 7 Excl Link 8 Enable 9 Enable Mcont 10 Mcont Off

contactor.

7 (Excl Link) - Selects the digital input to control a digital output.

8 (Enable) - Selects the digital input to allow a Run command. If J5 jumper on the digital input card is removed, the enable function is assigned to Digital Input 6 (enable input) and creates a fault if opened.

9 (Enable Mcont) - Selects the digital input, when opened, to command the main contactor to open. This option is to force the main contactor open and discharge the DC bus.

10 (Mcont Off) - Selects the digital input, when closed, to command the main contactor to open. This option is to force the main contactor open and discharge the DC bus.

We recommend not to change the factory default wiring and setting, except that [Digital In6 Sel] can be configured for any other function.

Digital Inputs

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

115

Chapter 4 Programming and Parameters

File Group

INPUTS and OUTPUTS Digital Outputs

No. Parameter Name and Description

Values

227 [Dig Out Setpt] Sets the digital output from a communication device. Example: Set parameter 172 [Data In B1] to `227' and parameter 229 [Digital Out2 Sel] to `Param Cntl'. Digital Output 2 can be controlled by controlling Bit 1 of this parameter over Datalink B1.
Bit Definition

Net DigOut3 Net DigOut2

Default Bit

xxxxxxxxxxxxx00x 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

1 = Output Energized 0 = Output Deenergized x = Reserved

228 [Digital Out1 Sel]

Default: Read Only

Digital Output 1 is specified for controlling the main contactor. This parameter is read only as `10' (Contact Ctrl).

229 [Digital Out2 Sel]

Default 1: 1 Fault

Selects the AFE status that energizes a (CRx) output relay.

Options:

(1) Any relay that is programmed as Fault or Alarm energizes (pick up) when power is applied to the AFE and de-energizes (drop out) when a fault or alarm exists. Relays selected for other functions energize only when that condition exists and de-energizes when the condition is removed.
(2) These selections correspond to bits in parameter 097 [Cnvrtr Alarm]. Therefore, these selections work only if the corresponding alarm is configured in parameter 135 [Alarm Config].
(3) When a digital output is set to one of these options (for example, Input 3 Link) with Digital Input 3 set to `Excel Link', the Digital Input 3 state (on/off) is echoed in the digital output.
(4) Bit 7 of parameter 151 [Cnvrtr LogicRslt] controls the digital output. (5) Parameter controlled digital output lets the PLC control digital outputs through data links. Set in parameter
227 [Dig Out Setpt]. (6) Charging contactor control over the network by Bit 7 of parameter 151 [Cnvrtr LogicRslt] and as soon as the
main contactor is on, the output is switched off. An impulse over the network is enough to charge. Use this feature only if the control board is supplied from an external 24V DC power supply.

0 Not Used 1 Fault (1) 2 Alarm (1) 3 Ready 4 Active 5 Motoring 6 Regenerating 7 In Precharge 8 Current Limit 9 At Reference 10 Contact Ctrl 11 ContactorAck 12 Charge Cntrl (6) 13 Anlg In Loss (2) 14 DC UnderVolt (2) 15 DCRefLowLim (2) 16 DCRefHighLim (2) 17 Reserved 18... Input 1...6 Link (3) 23 LogicCmdBit (4) 24 Param Cntrl (5) 25

230 [Dig Out2 Invert]

Default: 1 True

Selects if the Digital Output 2 is inverted or not.

Options: 0 False 1 True

231 [Dig Out2 OnTime]

Default: 0.00 sec

Sets the `ON Delay' time for Digital Output 2. This value is the time between the occurrence of a condition and activation of the relay.

Min/Max: 0.00/163.00 sec Units: 0.01 sec

232 [Dig Out2 OffTime]

Default: 0.00 sec

Sets the `OFF Delay' time for Digital Output 2. This value is the time between the disappearance of a Min/Max: 0.00/163.00 sec

condition and de-activation of the relay.

Units: 0.01 sec

233 [Digital Out3 Sel]

Default: 4 = Active

See [Digital Out2 Sel].

Options: See [Digital Out2 Sel].

234 [Dig Out3 Invert]

Default: 0 False

Selects if the Digital Output 3 is inverted or not.

Min/Max: 0 False Units: 1 True

235 [Dig Out3 OnTime]

Default: 0.00 sec

Sets the `ON Delay' time for Digital Output 3. This value is the time between the occurrence of a condition and activation of the relay.

Min/Max: 0.00/163.00 sec Units: 0.01 sec

236 [Dig Out3 OffTime]

Default: 0.00 sec

Sets the `OFF Delay' time for Digital Output 3. This value is the time between the disappearance of a Min/Max: 0.00/163.00 sec

condition and de-activation of the relay.

Units: 0.01 sec

116

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Programming and Parameters Chapter 4

Parameter Cross Reference ­

by Name

Parameter Name Number

Group

Page

AC Line Freq

002

Metering

65

AC Line kVA

015

Metering

99

AC Line kVar

014

Metering

99

AC Line kW

013

Metering

99

Active Current

004

Metering

99

Active I Ki

067

Current Loop

103

Active I Kp

066

Current Loop

103

Active I Ref

064

Current Loop

103

Alarm 1 @ Fault 110

Diagnostics

108

Alarm 2 @ Fault 111

Diagnostics

108

Alarm Clear

136

Alarms

110

Alarm Config

135

Alarms

110

Alarm X Code

137...140 Alarms

110

Analog In 1 Hi

201

Analog Inputs

113

Analog In 1 Lo

202

Analog Inputs

113

Analog In 1 Loss 203

Analog Inputs

113

Analog In 2 Hi

204

Analog Inputs

113

Analog In 2 Lo

205

Analog Inputs

113

Analog In 2 Loss 206

Analog Inputs

113

Analog In1 Value 022

Metering

100

Analog In2 Value 023

Metering

100

Analog Out1 Hi

210

Analog Outputs 114

Analog Out1 Lo

211

Analog Outputs 114

Analog Out1 Sel 209

Analog Outputs 114

Analog Out2 Hi

213

Analog Outputs 114

Analog Out2 Lo

214

Analog Outputs 114

Analog Out2 Sel 212

Analog Outputs 114

Anlg In Config

200

Analog Inputs

113

Anlg Out Absolute 208

Analog Outputs 114

Anlg Out Config 207

Analog Outputs 113

Anlg Out1 Scale 215

Analog Outputs 115

Anlg Out1 Setpt 217

Analog Outputs 115

Anlg Out2 Scale 216

Analog Outputs 115

Anlg Out2 Setpt 218

Analog Outputs 115

Auto Rstrt Delay 054

Restart Modes

102

Auto Rstrt Tries

053

Restart Modes

102

Auto Stop Level

049

Control Modes

101

AutoRstrt Config 052

Restart Modes

102

Cmd DC Volt

018

Metering

100

Cnvrtr Alarm 1

097

Diagnostics

106

Cnvrtr Alarm 2

098

Diagnostics

106

Cnvrtr Logic Rslt 151

Comm Control

111

Cnvrtr OL Count

116

Diagnostics

108

Cnvrtr OL Factor 133

Faults

109

Cnvrtr Status 1

095

Diagnostics

105

Cnvrtr Status 2

096

Diagnostics

106

Contact Off Cnfg 132

Faults

109

Contact On Delay 050

Control Modes

101

Control Options

051

Control Modes

102

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

117

Chapter 4 Programming and Parameters

Parameter Name Number

Group

Page

Control SW Ver

033

Converter Data

100

Current Lmt Val

077

Limits

103

Data In AX

170, 171

Datalinks

112

Data In BX

172, 173

Datalinks

112

Data In CX

174, 175

Datalinks

112

Data In DX

176, 177

Datalinks

112

Data Out AX

180, 181

Datalinks

112

Data Out BX

182, 183

Datalinks

112

Data Out CX

184, 185

Datalinks

112

Data Out DX

186, 187

Datalinks

112

DC Bus Current

012

Metering

99

DC Bus Hi Alarm 079

Limits

103

DC Bus Lo Alarm 078

Limits

103

DC Bus Volt

011

Metering

99

DC Ref Hi Lmt

081

Limits

103

DC Ref Lo Lmt

080

Limits

103

DC Ref Source

099

Diagnostics

106

DC Volt Ki

063

Voltage Loop

102

DC Volt Kp

062

Voltage Loop

102

DC Volt Ref

061

Voltage Loop

102

DC Volt Ref Sel

060

Voltage Loop

102

Dig In Status

102

Diagnostics

107

Dig Out Setpt

227

Digital Outputs

116

Dig Out Status

103

Diagnostics

107

Dig Out2 Invert

230

Digital Outputs

116

Dig Out2 OffTime 232

Digital Outputs

116

Dig Out2 OnTime 231

Digital Outputs

116

Dig Out3 Invert

234

Digital Outputs

116

Dig Out3 OffTime 236

Digital Outputs

116

Dig Out3 OnTime 235

Digital Outputs

116

Digital InX Sel

221...226 Digital Inputs

115

Digital Out1 Sel

228

Digital Outputs

116

Digital Out2 Sel

229

Digital Outputs

116

Digital Out3 Sel

233

Digital Outputs

116

DPI Baud Rate

150

Comm Control

111

DPI Port Sel

152

Comm Control

111

DPI Port Value

153

Comm Control

111

Droop

085

Parallel Mode

104

Elapsed Run Time 021

Metering

100

Fault 1 Code

124

Faults

109

Fault 1 Time

125

Faults

109

Fault 2 Code

126

Faults

109

Fault 2 Time

127

Faults

109

Fault 3 Code

128

Faults

109

Fault 3 Time

129

Faults

109

Fault 4 Code

130

Faults

109

Fault 4 Time

131

Faults

109

Fault Bus Volts

106

Diagnostics

107

Fault Clear

121

Faults

109

Fault Clear Mode 122

Faults

109

118

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Programming and Parameters Chapter 4

Parameter Name Fault Clr Mask Fault Clr Owner Fault Config Fault Frequency Fault Temp Fault Total Curr Ground Current Ground I Lvl Heatsink Temp I Imbalance Input Current R Input Current S Input Current T Input Voltage Language Last Stop Source Logic Mask Modulation Index Modulation Type Motor Power Lmt Motoring MWh Nom Input Volt Param Access Lvl Power Factor Power Up Marker PWM Frequency PWM Synch Rated Amps Rated kW Rated Volts RatedLineCurrent Reactive Current Reactive I Ki Reactive I Kp Reactive I Ref Reactive I Sel Regen MWh Regen Power Lmt Reset Meters Reset To Defaults Restart Delay Start Inhibits Start Owner Start Up Delay Start/Stop Mode Status 1 @ Fault Status 2 @ Fault Stop Delay Stop Owner Testpoint 1 Data

Number 155 158 120 104 107 105 010 082 017 009 006 007 008 001 093 101 154 043 042 075 019 040 090 016 123 041 086 032 030 031 045 005 069 068 065 070 020 076 092 091 047 100 157 087 046 108 109 048 156 113

Group

Page

Masks and Owners 111

Masks and Owners 111

Faults

109

Diagnostics

107

Diagnostics

107

Diagnostics

107

Metering

99

Limits

103

Metering

99

Metering

99

Metering

99

Metering

99

Metering

99

Metering

99

Converter Memory 105

Diagnostics

107

Masks and Owners 111

Control Modes

101

Control Modes

101

Limits

103

Metering

100

Control Modes

101

Converter Memory 105

Metering

99

Faults

109

Control Modes

101

Parallel Mode

104

Converter Data

100

Converter Data

100

Converter Data

100

Control Modes

101

Metering

99

Current Loop

103

Current Loop

103

Current Loop

103

Current Loop

103

Metering

100

Limits

103

Converter Memory 105

Converter Memory 105

Control Modes

101

Diagnostics

107

Masks and Owners 111

Parallel Mode

104

Control Modes

101

Diagnostics

108

Diagnostics

108

Control Modes

101

Masks and Owners 111

Diagnostics

108

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

119

Chapter 4 Programming and Parameters

Parameter Name Testpoint 1 Sel Testpoint 2 Data Testpoint 2 Sel Total Current Voltage Class

Number 112 115 114 003 094

Group

Page

Diagnostics

108

Diagnostics

108

Diagnostics

108

Metering

99

Converter Memory 105

Parameter Cross Reference ­

by Number

Number Parameter Name Group

Page

001

Input Voltage

Metering

99

002

AC Line Freq

Metering

99

003

Total Current

Metering

99

004

Active Current

Metering

99

005

Reactive Current Metering

99

006

Input Current R Metering

99

007

Input Current S

Metering

99

008

Input Current T

Metering

99

009

I Imbalance

Metering

99

010

Ground Current Metering

99

011

DC Bus Volt

Metering

99

012

DC Bus Current

Metering

99

013

AC Line kW

Metering

99

014

AC Line kVar

Metering

99

015

AC Line kVA

Metering

99

016

Power Factor

Metering

99

017

Heatsink Temp

Metering

99

018

Cmd DC Volt

Metering

100

019

Motoring MWh Metering

100

020

Regen MWh

Metering

100

021

Elapsed Run Time Metering

100

022

Analog In1 Value Metering

100

023

Analog In2 Value Metering

100

030

Rated kW

Converter Data

100

031

Rated Volts

Converter Data

100

032

Rated Amps

Converter Data

100

033

Control SW Ver

Converter Data

100

040

Nom Input Volt Control Modes

101

041

PWM Frequency Control Modes

101

042

Modulation Type Control Modes

101

043

Modulation Index Control Modes

101

045

RatedLineCurrent Control Modes

101

046

Start/Stop Mode Control Modes

101

047

Restart Delay

Control Modes

101

048

Stop Delay

Control Modes

101

049

Auto Stop Level Control Modes

101

050

Contact On Delay Control Modes

101

051

Control Options Control Modes

102

052

AutoRstrt Config Restart Modes

102

053

Auto Rstrt Tries Restart Modes

102

120

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Programming and Parameters Chapter 4

Number 054 060 061 062 063 064 065 066 067 068 069 070 075 076 077 078 079 080 081 082 085 086 087 090 091 092 093 094 095 096 097 098 099 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116

Parameter Name Group

Page

Auto Rstrt Delay Restart Modes

102

DC Volt Ref Sel

Voltage Loop

102

DC Volt Ref

Voltage Loop

102

DC Volt Kp

Voltage Loop

102

DC Volt Ki

Voltage Loop

102

Active I Ref

Current Loop

103

Reactive I Ref

Current Loop

103

Active I Kp

Current Loop

103

Active I Ki

Current Loop

103

Reactive I Kp

Current Loop

103

Reactive I Ki

Current Loop

103

Reactive I Sel

Current Loop

103

Motor Power Lmt Limits

103

Regen Power Lmt Limits

103

Current Lmt Val Limits

103

DC Bus Lo Alarm Limits

103

DC Bus Hi Alarm Limits

103

DC Ref Lo Lmt

Limits

103

DC Ref Hi Lmt

Limits

103

Ground I Lvl

Limits

103

Droop

Parallel Mode

104

PWM Synch

Parallel Mode

104

Start Up Delay

Parallel Mode

104

Param Access Lvl Converter Memory 105

Reset To Defaults Converter Memory 105

Reset Meters

Converter Memory 105

Language

Converter Memory 105

Voltage Class

Converter Memory 105

Cnvrtr Status 1

Diagnostics

105

Cnvrtr Status 2

Diagnostics

106

Cnvrtr Alarm 1

Diagnostics

106

Cnvrtr Alarm 2

Diagnostics

106

DC Ref Source

Diagnostics

106

Start Inhibits

Diagnostics

107

Last Stop Source Diagnostics

107

Dig In Status

Diagnostics

107

Dig Out Status

Diagnostics

107

Fault Frequency Diagnostics

107

Fault Total Curr

Diagnostics

107

Fault Bus Volts

Diagnostics

107

Fault Temp

Diagnostics

107

Status 1 @ Fault Diagnostics

108

Status 2 @ Fault Diagnostics

108

Alarm 1 @ Fault Diagnostics

108

Alarm 2 @ Fault Diagnostics

108

Testpoint 1 Sel

Diagnostics

108

Testpoint 1 Data Diagnostics

108

Testpoint 2 Sel

Diagnostics

108

Testpoint 2 Data Diagnostics

108

Cnvrtr OL Count Diagnostics

108

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

121

Chapter 4 Programming and Parameters

Number Parameter Name Group

Page

120

Fault Config

Faults

109

121

Fault Clear

Faults

109

122

Fault Clear Mode Faults

109

123

Power Up Marker Faults

109

124

Fault 1 Code

Faults

109

125

Fault 1 Time

Faults

109

126

Fault 2 Code

Faults

109

127

Fault 2 Time

Faults

109

128

Fault 3 Code

Faults

109

129

Fault 3 Time

Faults

109

130

Fault 4 Code

Faults

109

131

Fault 4 Time

Faults

109

132

Contact Off Cnfg Faults

109

133

Cnvrtr OL Factor Faults

109

135

Alarm Config

Alarms

110

136

Alarm Clear

Alarms

110

137...140 Alarm X Code

Alarms

110

150

DPI Baud Rate

Comm Control

111

151

Cnvrtr Logic Rslt Comm Control

111

152

DPI Port Sel

Comm Control

111

153

DPI Port Value

Comm Control

111

154

Logic Mask

Masks and Owners 111

155

Fault Clr Mask

Masks and Owners 111

156

Stop Owner

Masks and Owners 111

157

Start Owner

Masks and Owners 111

158

Fault Clr Owner Masks and Owners 111

170, 171 Data In AX

Datalinks

112

172, 173 Data In BX

Datalinks

112

174, 175 Data In CX

Datalinks

112

176, 177 Data In DX

Datalinks

112

180, 181 Data Out AX

Datalinks

112

182, 183 Data Out BX

Datalinks

112

184, 185 Data Out CX

Datalinks

112

186, 187 Data Out DX

Datalinks

112

200

Anlg In Config

Analog Inputs

113

201

Analog In 1 Hi

Analog Inputs

113

202

Analog In 1 Lo

Analog Inputs

113

203

Analog In 1 Loss Analog Inputs

113

204

Analog In 2 Hi

Analog Inputs

113

205

Analog In 2 Lo

Analog Inputs

113

206

Analog In 2 Loss Analog Inputs

113

207

Anlg Out Config Analog Outputs 113

208

Anlg Out Absolute Analog Outputs 114

209

Analog Out1 Sel Analog Outputs 114

210

Analog Out1 Hi Analog Outputs 114

211

Analog Out1 Lo Analog Outputs 114

212

Analog Out2 Sel Analog Outputs 114

213

Analog Out2 Hi Analog Outputs 114

214

Analog Out2 Lo Analog Outputs 114

215

Anlg Out1 Scale Analog Outputs 115

122

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Programming and Parameters Chapter 4

Number Parameter Name Group

Page

216

Anlg Out2 Scale Analog Outputs 115

217

Anlg Out1 Setpt Analog Outputs 115

218

Anlg Out2 Setpt Analog Outputs 115

221...226 Digital InX Sel

Digital Inputs

115

227

Dig Out Setpt

Digital Outputs 116

228

Digital Out1 Sel Digital Outputs 116

229

Digital Out2 Sel Digital Outputs 116

230

Dig Out2 Invert Digital Outputs 116

231

Dig Out2 OnTime Digital Outputs 116

232

Dig Out2 OffTime Digital Outputs 116

233

Digital Out3 Sel Digital Outputs 116

234

Dig Out3 Invert Digital Outputs 116

235

Dig Out3 OnTime Digital Outputs 116

236

Dig Out3 OffTime Digital Outputs 116

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

123

Chapter 4 Programming and Parameters
Notes:

124

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

AFE Status

Troubleshooting

5 Chapter

This chapter provides information to guide you in troubleshooting the PowerFlex® Active Front End. Included is a listing and description of AFE faults (with possible solutions, when applicable) and alarms.

Topic

Page

AFE Status

125

Faults and Alarms

126

Manually Clearing Faults

127

Fault and Alarm Descriptions

127

Clear the Alarms

131

Common Symptoms and Corrective Actions 131

Technical Support

135

The condition or state of the AFE is constantly monitored. The status indicators and/or the HIM (if present) indicate any changes.
Front Panel Indications
1 2

Item Name

Color

State

Description

1 PWR (power) Green

Steady

2

PORT (1)

MOD (1)

NET A (1)

See the Communication Adapter User Manual (publication 20COMMUMxxx)

NET B (1)

Illuminates when power is applied to the AFE. Status of DPITM port internal communication (if present). Status of communication adapter (when installed). Status of network (if connected). Status of secondary network (if connected).

(1) These indicators operate only when a 20-COMM-X communication adapter is installed in the AFE and operating on the connected network.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

125

Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Faults and Alarms

HIM Indication

The HIM also provides visual notification of a fault or alarm condition.

Condition
AFE is indicating a fault.
The HIM reports the fault condition and displays the following data: · `Faulted' appears in the status line · Fault number · Fault name · Time that has passed since fault occurred Press Esc to regain HIM control.

Display

F-> Faulted

Auto

0.0

Volt

-- Fault -- F

5

MaDiCn MOevneur: Volt

DiTaginmoestiScsince Fault

Parame0t0e0r 0:23:52

AFE is indicating an alarm.
The HIM reports the alarm condition and displays the following data: · Alarm name (only type 2 alarms) · Alarm bell graphic

F-> Power Loss

Auto

0.0

Volt

Main Menu: Diagnostics Parameter Device Select

A fault is a condition that stops the AFE. There are three fault types.

Fault Type Fault Description

1

Auto-reset run

2

Non-resettable

3

Configurable

When this type of fault occurs, and [Auto Rstrt Tries] (page 102) is set to a value greater than `0', a user-configurable timer, [Auto Rstrt Delay] (page 102) begins. When the timer reaches zero, the AFE attempts to reset the fault. If the condition that caused the fault is no longer present, the fault is reset and the AFE is restarted.
This type of fault normally requires AFE or motor repair. The cause of the fault must be corrected before the fault can be cleared. After repair, the fault is reset on power-up.
These faults can be enabled and disabled to annunciate or ignore a fault condition by using [Fault Config] (page 109).

An alarm is a condition that, if left untreated, can stop the AFE. There are two alarms types.

Alarm Type Alarm Description

1

Configurable

2

Non-configurable

These alarms can be enabled or disabled by using [Alarm Config] (page 110).
These alarms are always enabled.

See Fault and Alarm Descriptions on page 127.

126

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Manually Clearing Faults

Troubleshooting Chapter 5
Steps
1. Press the HIM Esc (Escape) key to acknowledge the fault. The fault information is removed so that you can use the HIM.
2. Address the condition that caused the fault. The cause must be corrected before the fault can be cleared.
3. After corrective action has been taken, clear the fault with one of these methods: ­ Press the HIM (Stop) key. ­ Cycle power to the AFE. ­ Set AFE parameter 121 - [Fault Clear] to `1' (Clear Faults). ­ `Clear Faults' by using the HIM Diagnostic menu.

Fault and Alarm Descriptions

Table 21 - Fault/Alarm Types, Descriptions, and Actions

No. Name

Description

Action (if appropriate)

Fault Alarm

1 PrechargeActv

1 The charging switch is open, when the START command has been given.
· Faulty operation · Component failure

Reset the fault and restart.
If the fault reoccurs, contact technical support (see page 135).

2 Auxiliary In

1

The auxiliary input interlock is open.

Check all remote wiring.

4 DC UnderVolt

1 1 The DC bus voltage fell below the minimum value of Monitor the incoming AC line for low voltage or

3

333V for 400/480V AFEs or 461V for 600/690V AFEs. power interruption.

You can enable/disable this fault with parameter 120

[Fault Config].

5 DC OverVolt

1

The DC bus voltage exceeded the maximum value of 911V for 400/480V AFEs or 1200V for 600/690V AFEs.

1. Check if the AFE was in a regenerative current limit condition, which can indicate an excess regenerative load.
2. Adjust parameter [Regen Power Lmt]. 3. Monitor incoming AC line for high voltage or
voltage transients.

7 Overload

3

When input current exceeds 125% for 60 seconds or Reduce the current consumption of the AFE or

150% for 30 seconds. The overload is a linear type in increase parameter 133 [Cnvrtr OL Factor].

counting up.

8 HeatsinkOvrTp 2 1 The heatsink temperature has exceeded the maximum allowable value.
85 °C (185 °F) = Alarm
90 °C (194 °F) = Fault

1. Verify that the maximum ambient temperature has not been exceeded.
2. Check the fans (including the ASIC board on frame 10 and higher converters).
3. Check for an excess load.

9 IGBT OverTemp 1

The output transistors have exceeded their maximum 1. Verify that the maximum ambient

operating temperature due to an excessive load.

temperature has not been exceeded.

2. Check the fan or fans.

3. Check for an excess load.

10 System Fault 2

A hardware problem exists in the power structure.

1. Cycle the power. 2. Verify the fiber-optic connections. 3. Contact technical support (see page 135). 4. If the problem persists, replace the converter
unit.

12 AC OverCurr

1

The AC line current has exceeded the hardware current limit.

Check programming for an excess load or other causes of excess current.

13 Ground Fault 1

A current path to earth ground exists that is greater than the parameter 082 [Ground I Lvl] value. The current must appear for 800 milliseconds before the unit will fault.

Check the cables.

14 Converter Flt 2

A hardware problem exists in the power structure.

1. Cycle the power. 2. Contact technical support (see page 135). 3. If the problem persists, replace the converter
unit.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

127

Chapter 5 Troubleshooting

Table 21 - Fault/Alarm Types, Descriptions, and Actions (Continued)

No. Name

Description

Action (if appropriate)

Fault Alarm

17 LineSync Fail

2 1 One input line phase is missing. 3

1. Check all user-supplied fuses. 2. Check the AC input line voltage.

19 Unbalanced PU 2

An imbalance between the power modules exists (paralleled units - only Frame 13).

1. Check for DC voltage imbalance between the power modules.
2. Check for current input imbalance between the power modules.

21 Phase Loss

2

There is no current in one of the three phases.

Check supply voltage, fuses, and cable.

29 Anlg In Loss

1 1 An analog input is configured to fault on a signal loss. 1. Check parameter settings.

3

A signal loss has occurred. Configure this fault with 2. Check for broken/loose connections at the

parameter [Anlg In x Loss].

inputs.

30 MicroWatchdog 2

A microprocessor watchdog timeout has occurred. 1. Cycle the power. 2. Replace the main control board.

31 IGBT Temp Hw 2

The drive output current has exceeded the instantaneous current limit.

1. Check for an excess load. 2. Contact technical support (see page 135).

32 Fan Cooling

2

Fan is not energized at start command.

1. Check the status of parameter 097 [Cnvrtr Alarm 1] bit 5 (LCL Fan Stop). If set to `1', check the fan on the LCL filter. If set to `0', check the fan on the converter.
2. If the LCL filter fan is not operating, check its DC power supply.

33 AutoReset Lim 3

The AFE unsuccessfully attempted to reset a fault and Correct the cause and manually clear the fault. resumed running for the programmed number in parameter 053 [Auto Rstrt Tries]. You can enable/ disable this fault with parameter 120 [Fault Config].

34 CAN Bus Flt

2

A sent message was not acknowledged.

1. Cycle the power. 2. Replace the main control board.

35 Application

1

Problem in application software with task overload. Contact technical support (see page 135).

37 HeatsinkUndTp 1

The ambient temperature is too low.

Raise the ambient temperature.

44 Device Change 2

The new power unit or option board that is installed Clear the fault and reset the AFE to the default

is a different type.

configurations.

45 Device Add

2

A new option board was added.

Clear the fault.

47 NvsReadChksum 2

There is an error reading parameters 019 [Motoring 1. Cycle the power. MWh], 020 [Regen MWh], and 021 [Elapsed Run 2. Replace the main control board. Time] from EEPROM.

54 Zero Divide

2

This event occurred because a mathematical function 1. Cycle the power.

had a dividend of zero.

2. Replace the main control board.

58 Start Prevent 1

Startup has been prevented.

1. Cancel prevention of startup if the cancellation can be done safely.
2. Remove Run Request.

65 I/O Removed 2

An I/O option board has been removed.

Clear the fault.

70 Power Unit

1

One or more of the IGBTs were operating in the active Clear the fault.

region instead of desaturation. Excessive transistor

current or insufficient base drive voltage causes this

fault.

71 Periph Loss

2

The 20-COMM-x communication adapter has a fault Check the DPI device event queue and

on the network side.

corresponding fault information for the device.

128

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Troubleshooting Chapter 5

Table 21 - Fault/Alarm Types, Descriptions, and Actions (Continued)

No. Name

Description

Action (if appropriate)

Fault Alarm

81 Port DPI Loss 2

94 Hardware Enbl 2

100 Param Chksum 2

104 PwrBrd Chksum 2

106 MCB-PB Config 2

107 New IO Option 2

113 Fatal App

2

120 I/O Change

2

121 I/O Comm Loss 2

The DPI port has stopped communicating. A SCANportTM device was connected to a drive operating DPI devices at 500k baud.

1. If the adapter was not intentionally disconnected, check the wiring to the port. Replace the wiring, port expander, adapters, main control board, or complete AFE as required.
2. Check the HIM connection. 3. If an adapter was intentionally disconnected
and the [Logic Mask] bit for that adapter is set to `1', this fault occurs. To disable this fault, set the bit in parameter [Logic Mask] for the adapter to `0'.

An enable signal is missing from the control terminal 1. Check the control wiring.

block.

2. Check the position of the hardware enable

jumper.

3. Check the digital input programming.

The checksum read from the main control board does 1. Restore the AFE to the default configurations.

not match the checksum calculated.

2. Cycle the power.

3. Reload User Set, if used.

The checksum read from the EEPROM does not match 1. Cycle the power. the checksum calculated from the EEPROM data. 2. Contact technical support (see page 135).
3. If the problem persists, replace the AFE.

The AFE rating information that is stored on the power board is incompatible with the main control board.

1. Reset the fault or cycle the power. 2. Replace the main control board.

A new option board was added to the main control 1. Restore the AFE to default configurations.

board.

2. Reprogram parameters as necessary.

A fatal application error has occurred.

Replace the main control board.

An option board has been replaced.

Reset the fault.

An I/O board lost communications with the main control board.

1. Check the connector. 2. Check for induced noise. 3. Replace I/O board or main control board.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

129

Chapter 5 Troubleshooting

Table 21 - Fault/Alarm Types, Descriptions, and Actions (Continued)

No. Name

Description

Action (if appropriate)

Fault Alarm

125 LCL OverTemp 1

The LCL filter has been overheated or the signal is not Check the LCL filter sensor connections, the fan,

connected to input.

and fan power supply.

There are nine total thermal switches that are connected in series to monitor temperature inside the coil of each filter inductor.

Thermal Switch 1

X52
Thermal Switch 9

To Digital Input 5

X52 is on the LCL filter.

X52 approximate location

128 Contact Fdbk 133 DigInConflict 138 DCRefLowLim 139 DCRefHighLim 140 DCBusLoAlarm 141 DCBusHiAlarm

Frame 10 LCL Filter

Frame 13 LCL Filter

2 The input of the acknowledge signal from the main Check if the main contactor is closed.

contactor is missing.

Check the wiring of the feedback signal.

2 Digital input functions are in conflict.

Check the parameter settings to correct the problem.

1 DC voltage reference is less than the limit in parameter 080 [DC Ref Lo Lmt].

Check the parameter setting.

1 DC voltage reference exceeds the limit in parameter Check the parameter setting. 081 [DC Ref Hi Lmt].

1 DC voltage is less than the value set by parameter Check the parameter setting. 078 [DC Bus Lo Alarm].

1 DC voltage exceeds the value set by parameter 079 Check the parameter setting. [DC Bus Hi Alarm].

130

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Troubleshooting Chapter 5

Fault Alarm Fault Alarm

Table 22 - Fault/Alarm Cross-reference ­ By Name

Fault/Alarm Name AC OverCurr Anlg In Loss Application AutoReset Lim Auxiliary In CAN Bus Flt Contact Fdbk Converter Flt DC OverVolt DC UnderVolt DCBusHiAlarm DCBusLoAlarm DCRefHighLim DCRefLowLim Device Add Device Change DigIn Cnflct Fan Cooling Fatal App Ground Fault Hardware Enbl HeatsinkOvrTp HeatsinkUndTp

No.

12 x

29 x x

35 x

33 x

2x

34 x

128

x

14 x

5x

4 xx

141

x

140

x

139

x

138

x

45 x

44 x

133

x

32 x

113 x

13 x

94 x

8 xx

37 x

Fault/Alarm

Name

No.

I/O Change

120 x

I/O Comm Loss 121 x

I/O Removed

65 x

IGBT OverTemp 9 x

IGBT Temp Hw 31 x

LCL OverTemp 125 x

LineSync Fail

17 x x

MCB-PB Config 106 x

MicroWatchdog 30 x

New IO Option 107 x

NvsReadChksum 47 x

Overload

7x

Param Chksum 100 x

Periph Loss

71 x

Phase Loss

21 x

Port DPI Loss

81 x

Power Unit

70 x

PrechargeActv 1

x

PwrBrd Chksum 104 x

Start Prevent 58 x

System Fault

10 x

Unbalanced PU 19 x

Zero Divide

54 x

Clear the Alarms

Alarms are automatically cleared when the condition that caused the alarm is no longer present.

Common Symptoms and Corrective Actions

Table 23 - AFE Does Not Start from Start or Run Inputs Wired to the Terminal Block

Causes AFE is faulted

Indication Flashing red status light

Incorrect input wiring; see Control Wiring None on page 40 or Control Wiring on page 74 for wiring examples.
IMPORTANT: Jumper between terminals 17, 18, and 20 is required when using the 24V DC internal supply.

Corrective Action
Clear fault. · Press the HIM (Stop) key. · Cycle power to the AFE. · Set parameter 121 [Fault Clear] to
`1' (Clear Faults); see page 109. · `Clear Faults' by using the HIM
diagnostic menu.
Wire inputs correctly and/or install jumper.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

131

Chapter 5 Troubleshooting

Causes Incorrect digital input programming.

Indication None

There is some other start inhibit.

Check status bits of parameter 100 [Start Inhibits].

Corrective Action
Program [Digital Inx Sel] for correct inputs (see page 115). Run programming can be missing.
Correct the source of the inhibit.

Table 24 - Instability in the AC Line Input Current and DC Bus Voltage

Causes AC line voltage more than 5% above normal.
Negative reactive I Ref on parameter 065 [Reactive I Ref] with a soft (high impedance) AC line.

Indication
Instability in AC line current and DC bus voltage. Can trip on fault F7 `Overload'.
Instability in AC line current and DC bus voltage. Can trip an F7 overload.

Corrective Action
Increase parameter 060 [DC Volt Ref] proportional to the percentage of the AC line voltage above nominal.
Change parameter 065 [Reactive I Ref] value to zero. Verify if the AFE is running on a soft line per AC line source considerations.

132

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Troubleshooting Chapter 5

Figure 44 - AFE Start Sequence Troubleshooting Diagram
Init Software initialize complete.
Ready to switch on.
Charging the DC link with external charging circuit.

DC link voltage

No

> 0.8*DC nominal?

Yes

Request to close

No

input contactor on Digital In3?

Yes

Input Contactor Close through Digital Out1, should be set = `Contact Ctrl'

Input Contactor Ack

(Digital Input 4, should be

set = `Contactor Ack'; see

No

P102 - [Dig In Status] for

digital input status)

Yes
Ready to Run (see P95 - [Cnvrtr Status1]
Ready bit = 1)
Run command from I/O, keypad or Fieldbus (depends on the selected control).

Startup delay elapsed?

No

(see P087 - [Start Up Delay], default = 0 secs)

Yes
Synchronize with input.

Sychronizing OK?
Yes AFE Running (run LED is on)

Sychronizing

tries  5

No

Yes
Fault F10: LineSyncFail

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

133

Chapter 5 Troubleshooting

Figure 45 - AFE Fault Handling Sequence Troubleshooting Diagram

Yes

New Run

Command

Edge?

No

AFE Running Fault Active
Stop the AFE

Is Input Contactor or Circuit Breaker Yes
Open?
No Fault Acknowledge

Input Contactor or Circuit Breaker Open
Fault Acknowledge
Input Contactor or Circuit Breaker Closed

134

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Troubleshooting Chapter 5

Technical Support

When you contact technical support, be prepared to provide this information: · Order number · Product catalog number and drives series number (if applicable) · Product serial number · Firmware revision level (verify with parameter 033 [Control SW Ver]) · Most recent fault code · Your application

Parameter 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 124 126 128 130 125 127 129 131 137...140

Name Fault Frequency Fault Total Curr Fault Bus Volts Fault Temp Status 1 @ Fault Status 2 @ Fault Alarm 1 @ Fault Alarm 2 @ Fault Fault 1 Code Fault 2 Code Fault 3 Code Fault 4 Code Fault 1 Time Fault 2 Time Fault 3 Time Fault 4 Time Alarm Code 1...4

The data that are contained in the following parameters helps in initial troubleshooting of a faulted drive. Record the data provided for each listed parameter in this table.

Description Captures and displays the AC line frequency at time of last fault. Captures and displays the DC bus amps at time of last fault. Captures and displays the DC bus voltage at time of last fault. Captures and displays the heatsink temperature at time of last fault. Captures and displays [Cnvrtr Status 1] bit pattern at time of last fault. Captures and displays [Cnvrtr Status 2] bit pattern at time of last fault. Captures and displays [Cnvrtr Alarm 1] bit pattern at time of last fault. Captures and displays [Cnvrtr Alarm 2] bit pattern at time of last fault. Displays a code that represents the fault that tripped the AFE. The codes appear in these parameters in the order they occur ([Fault 1 Code] equals the most recent fault).

Recorded Parameter Data

Displays the time between initial unit power-up and the occurrence of the associated trip fault. Can be compared to [Power Up Marker] for the time from the most recent power-up. [Fault x Time] - [Power Up Marker] = Time difference to the most recent power-up. A negative value indicates that fault occurred before most recent power-up. A positive value indicates that fault occurred after most recent power-up. Time stamp of the fault occurrence.
Displays a code that represents a converter alarm. The codes appear in the order they occur ([Alarm 1 Code] = the most recent alarm). A time stamp is not available with alarms.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

135

Chapter 5 Troubleshooting
Notes:

136

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Specifications

Supplemental Information

A Appendix

Topic

Page

Specifications

137

Derating Guidelines

139

AFE Current Ratings and Watts Loss

140

Fusing and Circuit Breakers for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure 141

Fusing and Circuit Breakers for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

142

Dimensions

143

DPI Communication Configurations

152

This table provides certification information.

Certifications Description

C-UL-US CE
KCC

UL and C-UL Listed to UL508C and CAN/CSA - 22.2 No. 14-05. UL Listing is applicable up to 600V AC.
Marked for all applicable European Directives (1) EMC Directive (2014/35/EU)
EN 61800-3 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 3: EMC requirements and specific test methods Low Voltage Directive (2014/30/EU) EN 61800-5-1 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 5-1: Safety requirements - Electrical, thermal and energy
Korean KC registration(2)

Regulatory compliance mark
(RCM)

Certified by Rockwell Automation to be in conformity with the requirements of the applicable Australian legislation and standards referenced here:
IEC 61800-3

The AFE is also designed to meet the following specifications: NFPA 70 - US National Electrical Code NFPA 79 - Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery 2002 Edition NEMA ICS 7.0 - Safety standards for Construction and Guide for Selection, Installation and Operation of Adjustable Speed Drive Systems

(1) Applied noise impulses can be counted with the standard pulse train. These applied noise impulses can cause erroneously high [Pulse Freq] readings.
(2) Registration KCC-REM-RAA-20A. See the certificate of registration for specific drive catalog numbers that have this certification.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

137

Appendix A Supplemental Information

Category Protection
Environment
Electrical Control

Specification AFE Voltage Class Bus overvoltage trip Bus undervoltage shutoff/fault Heat sink thermistor Ground fault protection Input phase loss protection Input overcurrent protection Overtemperature protection LCL filter overtemperature protection Line transients Control logic noise immunity Ground fault trip Altitude Max surrounding air temperature without derating
Storage temperature (all constructions) Atmosphere
Relative humidity Shock (non-operational)
Vibration
Sound: Frame 10 Frame 13
AC input voltage tolerance Frequency tolerance Input phases
Displacement power factor Efficiency Short circuit rating: · AFE Frame 10 in IP20 · AFE Frame 13 in IP20 · AFE in IP21 or AFE IP00 AFE Voltage Class DC output voltage range Method Carrier frequency Intermittent overload: · Normal duty · Heavy duty
Current limit capability

380/400V 480V

600V

690V

911V DC

911V DC

1200V DC 1200V DC

333V DC

333V DC

461V DC

461V DC

Monitored by microprocessor overtemp trip

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Up to 6000V peak per IEEE C62.41-1991

Showering arc transients up to 1500V peak

DC bus-to-ground current exceeds par 082 [Ground I Lvl] value

1000 m (3300 ft) max. without derating

0...40 °C (32...104 °F); Frame 13 600/690V AFE is rated at 35 °C (95 °F). See Derating Guidelines on page 139 for derating above 35 °C (95 °F).

­40...+60 °C (­40...+140 °F)

Important: The AFE unit must not be installed in an area where the ambient atmosphere contains volatile or corrosive gas, vapors, or dust. If the AFE is not going to be installed for some time, store the AFE in an area where it is not exposed to a corrosive atmosphere.

5...95% noncondensing

15G peak for 11 ms duration EN50178 / EN60068-2-27

1 mm (0.039 in.) displacement, 1G peak EN50178 / EN60068-2-6

71 dB at 1 m (3.28 ft) 80 dB at 1 m (3.28 ft)
±10%
48...63 Hz
Three-phase input provides full rating for all AFEs. The AFE cannot be operated with single-phase input.
1.0 default across entire range
97.5% at rated amps, nominal line volts

· 100 kA for 400/480V unit; 65 kA for 600/690V unit · 100 kA for 400/480V unit; 100 kA for 600/690V unit · Determined by AIC rating of installed fuse/circuit breaker

380/400V 480V

600V

690V

462...702 583...842 700...932 802...1071

Sine-coded PWM

3.6 kHz

· 110% overload capability for up to 1 minute · 150% overload capability for up to 1 minute (this heavy-duty
rating does not apply to Frame 13 600/690V AFEs
Current limit programmable from 20...150% of rated input current.

138

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Derating Guidelines

Supplemental Information Appendix A
The following charts illustrate derating guidelines based on conditions.

Ambient Temperature/Load

120

100

80

% of Rated Power

60

40

20

Frame 13, 600/690V

0

0

10

20

30

40

50

Ambient Temperature (°C)

Frame 10, 400/480V Frame 10, 600/690V Frame 13, 400/480V

60

70

80

Altitude/Load 400/480V AC Input

120
100
80 % of Rated Power 60
40
20
0 0

500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 Installation Altitude Above Sea Level (m)

Altitude/Load 600/690V AC Input

120

100

80

% of Rated

Power

60

40

20

0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Installation Altitude Above Sea Level (m)

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

139

Appendix A Supplemental Information
AFE Current Ratings and Watts Loss

The following tables provide PowerFlex Active Front End current ratings (including continuous and 1 minute) and typical watts loss.

400 Volt AC Input Ratings

AFE Catalog Number
20YD460...
20YD1K3...

Frame Size
10
13

kW Rating
ND HD 309 -- -- 258 873 -- -- 772

PWM AC Input Amps Freq. kHz Cont. 1 Min. 3.6 460 A 506 A 3.6 385 A 578 A 3.6 1300 A 1430 A 3.6 1150 A 1725 A

DC Output Typical

Amps

Watts Loss

Cont.

520 A

8000 W

435 A

1469 A 23,000 W

1299 A

480 Volt AC Input Ratings

AFE Catalog Frame Hp Rating

Number

Size

PWM AC Input Amps Freq.

ND HD kHz Cont. 1 Min.

20YD460... 10

497 -- 3.6 460 A 506 A

-- 416 3.6 385 A 578 A

20YD1K3... 13

1404 -- 3.6 1300 A 1430 A

-- 1242 3.6 1150 A 1725 A

DC Output Typical

Amps

Watts Loss

Cont.

520 A

8000 W

435 A

1469 A 23,000 W

1299 A

600 Volt AC Input Ratings

AFE Catalog Number
20YF325...
20YF1K0...

Frame Size
10
13 (1)

Hp Rating
ND HD 439 -- -- 324 1390 --

PWM AC Input Amps Freq. kHz Cont. 1 Min. 3.6 325 A 358 A 3.6 240 A 360 A 3.6 1030 A 1133 A

(1) Heavy-duty rating does not apply to Frame 13 600/690V AFE.

DC Output Typical

Amps

Watts Loss

Cont.

367 A

8000 W

272 A

1164 A 26,000 W

690 Volt AC Input Ratings

AFE Catalog Number
20YF325...

Frame Size
10

kW Rating
ND HD 376 --

PWM AC Input Amps Freq.
kHz Cont. 1 Min.
3.6 325 A 358 A

-- 278 3.6 20YF1K0... 13 (1) 1193 -- 3.6

240 A 1030 A

360 A 1133 A

(1) Heavy-duty rating does not apply to Frame 13 600/690V AFE.

DC Output Typical

Amps

Watts Loss

Cont.

367 A

8000 W

272 A

1164 A 26,000 W

140

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Supplemental Information Appendix A

Fusing and Circuit Breakers for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure

AC Input Fuse and Circuit Breaker Ratings

The tables in this section provide the recommended AC input line fuses and circuit breakers. The AFE in an IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure includes the recommended AC input fusing and circuit breaker.

400/480 Volt AC Fusing and Circuit Breaker Ratings

Frame Size
10 13

Fuse Rating

Amps Bussman Type

800 A

170M6696

2200 A 170M7090

Main Circuit Breaker Rating

Amps ABB Type

600 A

T5L600BW

1600 A T8VBC3FC000000xx

600/690 Volt AC Fusing and Circuit Breaker Ratings

Frame Size
10 13

Fuse Rating

Amps Bussman Type

630 A

170M6694

1800 A 170M7532

Main Circuit Breaker Rating

Amps ABB Type

400 A

T5L400BW

1600 A T8VBC3FC000000xx

DC Bus Output Fuse Ratings

DC Bus Output fuses must be used for short circuit protection. The tables in this section provide the ratings of the DC Bus Output fuses used for the AFE in an IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure.

465...800 Volt DC Fusing

Frame Size
10 13

Fuse Rating Amps 1100 A 1100 A (2 per phase)

Bussman Type 170M6499 170M6499

640...1100 Volt DC Fusing

Frame Size
10 13

Fuse Rating Amps 630 A 630 A (2 per phase)

Bussman Type 170M6454 170M6454

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

141

Appendix A Supplemental Information

Fusing and Circuit Breakers for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

AC Input Fuse and Circuit Breaker Ratings
The tables in this section provide the recommended AC input line fuses and circuit breakers. The AFE in an IP21 Rittal enclosure includes the recommended MCCB (motor-controlled circuit breaker).

400/480 Volt AC Fusing and MCCB Ratings

Frame Size 10
13

Fuse Ratings Amps 800 1000 2200 1000 (3 per phase)

(1) Suitable for replacement fuse.

Bussman Type (1) -- 170M6277 -- 170M6277

Ferraz Shawmut Type NH3UD69V800PV -- PC44UD75V22CTQ --

MCCB Ratings Amps ABB Type 630 T5H630FF3LS
1600 T7516FF3PR231LS

600/690 Volt AC Fusing and MCCB Ratings

Frame Size 10
13

Fuse Amps 700 700 1800 700 (3 per phase)

(1) Suitable for replacement fuse.

Bussman Type (1) -- 170M6305 -- 170M6305

Ferraz Shawmut Type PC73UD13C630PA -- PC84UD12C18CTQ --

MCCB Ratings Amps ABB Type 400 T5H400LS
1600 T7516FF3PR231LS

DC Bus Output Fuse Ratings

DC Bus Output fuses must be used for short circuit protection. The tables in this section provide the ratings of the DC Bus Output fuses used for the AFE in an IP21 Rittal enclosure.

465...800 Volt DC Fusing

Frame Size 10
13

Fuse Amps 1100 1250 2400 1250 (2 per phase)

(1) Suitable for replacement fuse.

Bussman Type (1) -- 170M6566 -- 170M6566

Ferraz Shawmut Type PC73UD95V11CTF -- PC84UD11C24CTQ --

640...1100 Volt DC Fusing

Frame Fuse Size
Amps

10

630

700

13

2000

1000 (2 per phase)

(1) Suitable for replacement fuse.

Bussman Type (1) -- 170M6305 -- 170M8510

Ferraz Shawmut Type PC73UD13C630TF -- PC84UD11C20CTQ --

142

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Dimensions

Supplemental Information Appendix A
Figure 46 - AFE Frame 10 in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure Dimensions
Dimensions are in millimeters and (inches). 640 (25)

1754.6 (69.1)

2380.1 2265.5 (94) (89.2)

1204.1 (47)
Front View

461.4

138.6

(18)

(5)

800.7 (31.5) 955.1 (38)
Right Side View

699.1 (28)

1061.4 (42) Bottom View

Overall Dimensions, mm (in.)

Height

Width

2380.1 (94) 1204.1 (47)

Depth 955.1 (38)

Weight, kg (lb) 1035 (2282)

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

143

Appendix A Supplemental Information

Figure 47 - AFE Frame 13 in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure Dimensions

1747.4 (69)
878.1 (35)

Dimensions are in millimeters and (inches).

2265.5 (89.2)

2379.8 (93.7)

2400.1 (95) Front View

43.1

43.1

(1.7)

(1.7)

557

757

957

(21.9)

(29.8)

(37.7)

803.4 (32) 958 (38)
Right Side View

699.1 (27.5)

2356.9 (92.8) Bottom View

Overall Dimensions, mm (in.)

Height

Width

2379.8 (93.7) 2400.1 (95)

Depth 958 (38)

Weight, kg (lb) 2200 (4850)

144

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Supplemental Information Appendix A

Figure 48 - AFE Frame 10 in IP21 Rittal Enclosure Dimensions

Dimensions are in millimeters and (inches).

935

498

42

(36.8)

(19.6)

(1.7)

1090.25 (42.9)

2270.5 (89.4)

1000 (39.4)
Front View

125 (4.9)

275

475

(10.8)

(18.7)

475 (18.7)

670.7 (26.4) Right Side View

862.08 (33.9) Bottom View

6.43 95.5 (0.3) (3.8)

Overall Dimensions, mm (in.)

Height

Width

2270.5 (89.4) 1000 (39.4)

Depth 670.7 (26.4)

Weight, kg (lb) 600 (1323)

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

145

Appendix A Supplemental Information

Figure 49 - AFE Frame 13 in IP21 Rittal Enclosure Dimensions

Dimensions are in millimeters and (inches).
1264.7 (49.8)

536

25

(21.1)

(1.0)

2270 (89.4)
1088.8 (42.9)

2242.5 (88.3) Height to Lifting Lug

61 (2.4)

61 (2.4)

475 (18.7)

475 (18.7)

1800 (70.9) Front View
125 (4.9)
675 (26.6)

125 (4.9)
275 (10.8)

37

653

(1.5)

(25.7)

Right Side View

95

Bottom View

(3.7)

Overall Dimensions, mm (in.)

Height

Width

2270.5 (89.4) 1800 (70.9)

Depth 690 (27.2)

Weight, kg (lb) 1280 (2821.9)

146

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

420.1 (16.5) 340.94
(13.4) 298.1 (11.7)

Figure 50 - AFE Frame 10 LCL Filter Dimensions Dimensions are in millimeters and (inches).

Supplemental Information Appendix A

214 (8.4)
113.1 (4.5)

210 (8.3)
105 (4.1)
949.53 (37.4)

1761.5 (69.4)

1674.5 (65.9)

66 (2.6)

1404.5 (55.3)

1056.5 (41.6)

177 (7.0)
43 (1.7) 183.9 (7) 368.1 (14.5) 478.1 (18.8) 496.94 (19.6)
Left Side View

429.5 (16.9)

43.7

11

(1.7)

(0.4)

288.5

(11.4)

Front View

87 (3.4)
169.1 (6.7)
Right Side View

AFE Input Voltage
400/480V 600/690V

Overall Dimensions, mm (in.)

Height

Width

1761.5 (69.4) 288.5 (11.4)

Depth 496.9 (19.6)

Weight, kg (lb)
263 (580) 304 (670)

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

147

Appendix A Supplemental Information

Figure 51 - AFE Frame 13 LCL Filter Dimensions
Dimensions are in millimeters and (inches).
280 (11.0)
140 (5.5)
26 (1.0)
32 (1.3)

1477 (58.2)
1407 (55.4)
883 (34.8)
585 (23.0)
391 (15.4)
Height with Wheel Guide Trays

525 (20.7)
559.9 (22.0) 592.5 (23.3)
Left Side View

34 (1.3)
1421 (55.9)

703.5 (27.7)
553.5 (21.8) 403.5 (15.9)

Height from Bottom

37

Surface of Unit

(1.5)

Front View

AFE Input Voltage
400/480V 600/690V

Overall Dimensions, mm (in.)

Height

Width

1442 (56.8) 494 (19.4)

Depth 525 (20.7)

Weight, kg (lb)
477 (1052) 473 (1043)

148

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Supplemental Information Appendix A

Figure 52 - AFE Frame 10 Power Structure Dimensions

Dimensions are in millimeters and (inches).

190 (7.5)
85 (3.3)
77 (3.0)
24.5 (1.0)

237 (9.0) Minimum to
Enclosure Roof

75 (3.0)
Minimum to Enclosure Wall

495.8 (19.5)
Left Side View

373 (14.7)
108 (4.3)
Ø 26 (1.0) Both Sides

205 (8.1)
140 (5.5)
75 (3.0)

113.5 (4.5)
239 (9.4)
Front View

1050

(41.3)

1032

(40.6)

1009 (39.7)

520.8 (20.5) 552 (21.7) 566 (22.3)
Right Side View

Bottom View

Overall Dimensions, mm (in.)

Height

Width

1050 (41.3) 239 (9.4)

Depth 556 (22.3)

Weight, kg (lb) 100 (221)

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

149

Appendix A Supplemental Information
566 (22.3)

Figure 53 - AFE Frame 13 Power Structure Dimensions
Dimensions are in millimeters and (inches).
147 (5.8) Typ 85 (3.3) Typ

1012.5 (39.9)

514.8 (20.3)
Left Side View

373 (14.7)
107 (4.2)
Ø 26 (1.0) Both Sides

Front View
620.5 (24.4) 388.5 (15.3) 156.5 (6.2)

Bottom View

142.6 (5.6)
192.6 (7.6)
242.6 (9.6)
Right Side View

708 (27.9)

Overall Dimensions, mm (in.)

Height

Width

1032 (40.6) 708 (27.9)

Depth 553 (21.8)

Weight, kg (lb) 306 (675)

150

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Supplemental Information Appendix A Figure 54 - Control Box Dimensions (only for AFE in IP21 Rittal Enclosure)
Dimensions are in millimeters and (inches).

A
190.7 (7.5)
213.36 (8.4)
B

C

Frame Size
10 13

Overall Dimensions, mm (in.)

A

B

532.24 (20.6)

446 (17.6)

733.67 (28.9)

448 (17.6)

C 135.96 (5.4) 135.96 (5.4)

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

151

Appendix A Supplemental Information
DPI Communication Configurations

This section contains information for how to use DPITM communication with the PowerFlex Active Front End.

Typical Programmable Controller Configurations

IMPORTANT

If programs are written that continuously write information to the AFE control, be sure to format the block transfer correctly. If attribute 10 is selected for the block transfer, values are written only to RAM and are not saved by the drive. Attribute 10 is the preferred attribute for continuous transfers.
If attribute 9 is selected, each program scan completes a write to the drives nonvolatile memory (EEPROM). Because the EEPROM accommodates only a fixed number of writes, excessive continuous block transfers can quickly damage the EEPROM. Therefore, do not assign attribute 9 to continuous block transfers. See the individual communication adapter user manual for details.

Logic Command Word for PowerFlex 700/700H/700S Drives

Logic Bits 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Command
x Stop

x

Start (1)

x x

Reserved Clear Fault (2)

x x x x

Reserved Reserved Reserved Cmd LogicOut

x x x x x x x x

Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved

Description 0 = Not Stop 1 = Normal Stop 0 = Not Start 1 = Start
0 = Not Clear Fault 1 = Clear Fault
0 = Network-controlled Digital Output off
1 = Network-controlled Digital Output on

(1) A Not Stop condition (logic bit 0 = 0, logic bit 8 = 0, and logic bit 9 = 0) must first be present before a 1 = Start condition starts the AFE. (2) To perform this command, the value must switch from `0' to `1'.

152

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Supplemental Information Appendix A

Logic Status Word for PowerFlex 700/700H/700S Drives

Logic Bits 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Status
x Ready

x

Active

x

Motoring

x

Regenerating

x

In Precharge

x

Droop Active

x x x x

Alarm Faulted At Reference Mot CurLim

x

Regen CurLim

x
x x x

Cmd Delayed
DCVoltRefID0 DCVoltRefID1 DCVoltRefID2

Description
0 = Not ready 1 = Ready
0 = Not active 1 = Active
0 = Not motoring 1 = Motoring
0 = Not regenerating 1 = Regenerating
0 = Not in precharge 1 = In precharge
0 = Not droop active for AFE paralleling 1 = Droop active for AFE paralleling
0 = No alarm 1 = Alarm
0 = Not faulted 1 = Faulted
0 = Not at reference 1 = At reference
0 = Not exceeding current limit in Motoring Mode 1 = Exceeding current limit in Motoring Mode
0 = Not exceeding current limit in Regenerative Mode 1 = Exceeding current limit in Regenerative Mode
0 = Condition false 1 = Condition true

Bits

Description

14 13 12

0 0 0 = DC Volt Ref

0 0 1 = Analog In 1

0 1 0 = Analog In 2

0 1 1 = DPI Port 1

1 0 0 = DPI Port 2

1 0 1 = DPI Port 3

1 1 0 = DPI Port 4

1 1 1 = DPI Port 5

x

Reserved

The AFE reference is the commanded bus voltage (for example, a value of 6000 represents 600.0V DC). The feedback value is the bus voltage measured in the AFE.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

153

Appendix A Supplemental Information

The AFE supports 16-bit and 32-bit datalinks, which can be selected on the Logix module definition screen (for details, see the communication adapter documentation). The example screen shows a 20-COMM-E EtherNet/IP adapter that uses a 32-bit parameter (Datalink A) on the input, and two 16-bit parameters on the output.

The data is used as shown in the table.

Logix to 20-COMM-x

Word Output I/O

1

Logic Command

2

Reference (bus voltage)

3

Datalink In A1

4

Datalink In A2

5

Datalink In B1

6

Datalink In B2

7

Datalink In C1

8

Datalink In C2

9

Datalink In D1

10 Datalink In D2

20-COMM-x to Logix

Word Input I/O

1

Logic Status

2

Feedback (bus voltage)

3

Datalink Out A1

4

Datalink Out A2

5

Datalink Out B1

6

Datalink Out B2

7

Datalink Out C1

8

Datalink Out C2

9

Datalink Out D1

10 Datalink Out D2

154

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Supplemental Information Appendix A

Logic Command Word for PowerFlex 750-Series Drives

Logic Bits 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Command
x Normal Stop

x

Start (1)

x

Jog 1 (2)

x

Clear Fault (3)

xx

Unipolar Direction

x
x xx

Manual
Reserved Accel Time

xx

Decel Time

x x x

Ref Select 1 Ref Select 2 Ref Select 3

x x
x
x
x
x x x x x x x x x x x x
(1) A Not Stop condition (logic bit 0 = 0) must first be present before a 1 = Start condition starts the drive. (2) A Not Stop condition (logic bit 0 = 0) must first be present before a 1 = Jog 1/Jog 2 condition jogs the drive. A transition to a `0' stops the drive. (3) To perform this command, the value must switch from `0' to `1'. (4) A Not Stop condition (logic bit 0 = 0) must first be present before a 1 = Run condition runs the drive. A transition to a `0' stops the drive.

Reserved Coast Stop
Current Limit Stop
Run (4)
Jog 2 (2)
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved

Description 0 = Not normal stop 1 = Normal stop 0 = Not start 1 = Start 0 = Not jog 1 (Par. 556) 1 = Jog 1 0 = Not clear fault 1 = Clear fault 00 = No command 01 = Forward command 10 = Reverse command 11 = Hold direction control 0 = Not manual 1 = Manual
00 = No command 01 = Use Accel Time 1 (Par. 535) 10 = Use Accel Time 2 (Par. 536) 11 = Use present time 00 = No command 01 = Use Decel Time 1 (Par. 537) 10 = Use Decel Time 2 (Par. 538) 11 = Use present time 000 = No command 001 = Ref A Select (Par. 545) 010 = Ref B Select (Par. 550) 011 = Preset 3 (Par. 573) 100 = Preset 4 (Par. 574) 101 = Preset 5 (Par. 575) 110 = Preset 6 (Par. 576) 111 = Preset 7 (Par. 577)
0 = Not coast to stop 1 = Coast to stop 0 = Not current limit stop 1 = Current limit stop 0 = Not run 1 = Run 0 = Not Jog 2 (Par. 557) 1 = Jog 2

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

155

Appendix A Supplemental Information

Logic Status Word for PowerFlex 750-Series Drives

Logic Bits 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Command
x Run Ready

x

Active

x

Command Direction

x

Actual Direction

x

Accelerating

x

Decelerating

x

Alarm

x

Fault

x

At Setpt Spd

x

Manual

x x x x x

Spd Ref ID 0 Spd Ref ID 1 Spd Ref ID 2 Spd Ref ID 3 Spd Ref ID 4

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Reserved Running Jogging Stopping DC Brake DB Active Speed Mode Position Mode Torque Mode At Zero Speed At Home At Limit Current Limit Bus Freq Reg

Description 0 = Not ready to run 1 = Ready to run 0 = Not active 1 = Active 0 = Reverse 1 = Forward 0 = Reverse 1 = Forward 0 = Not accelerating 1 = Accelerating 0 = Not decelerating 1 = Decelerating 0 = No alarm (Par. 959 and 960) 1 = Alarm 0 = No fault (Par. 952 and 953) 1 = Fault 0 = Not at setpoint speed 1 = At setpoint speed 0 = Manual mode not active 1 = Manual mode active 00000 = Reserved 00001 = Auto Ref A (Par. 545) 00010 = Auto Ref B (Par. 550) 00011 = Auto Preset Speed 3 (Par. 573) 00100 = Auto Preset Speed 4 (Par. 574) 00101 = Auto Preset Speed 5 (Par. 575) 00110 = Auto Preset Speed 6 (Par. 576) 00111 = Auto Preset Speed 7 (Par. 577) 01000 = Reserved 01001 = Reserved 01010 = Reserved 01011 = Reserved 01100 = Reserved 01101 = Reserved 01110 = Reserved 01111 = Reserved 10000 = Man Port 0 10001 = Man Port 1 10010 = Man Port 2 10011 = Man Port 3 10100 = Man Port 4 10101 = Man Port 5 10110 = Man Port 6 10111 = Reserved 11000 = Reserved 11001 = Reserved 11010 = Reserved 11011 = Reserved 11100 = Reserved 11101 = Man Port 13 (embedded EtherNet/ IP) 11110 = Man Port 14 (DriveLogixTM) 11111 = Alternate Man Ref Sel
0 = Not running 1 = Running 0 = Not jogging (Par. 556 and 557) 1 = Jogging 0 = Not stopping 1 = Stopping 0 = Not DC brake 1 = DC Brake 0 = Not dynamic brake active 1 = Dynamic brake active 0 = Not Speed Mode (Par. 309) 1 = Speed Mode 0 = Not Position Mode (Par. 309) 1 = Position Mode 0 = Not Torque Mode (Par. 309) 1 = Torque Mode 0 = Not at zero speed 1 =At zero speed 0 = Not at home 1 = At home 0 = Not at limit 1 = At limit 0 = Not at current limit 1 = At current limit 0 = Not Bus Freq Reg 1 = Bus Freq Reg

156

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Supplemental Information Appendix A

Logic Bits

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Command

x

Enable On

x

Motor Overload

x

Regen

Description 0 = Not enable on 1 = Enable on 0 = Not motor overload 1 = Motor overload 0 = Not regen 1= Regen

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

157

Appendix A Supplemental Information
Notes:

158

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

HIM Overview

B Appendix

External and Internal Connections

Topic

Page

External and Internal Connections 159

LCD Display Elements

160

ALT Functions

160

Menu Structure

161

View and Edit Parameters

163

Remove/Install the HIM

163

The PowerFlex® Active Front End provides a number of cable connection points.
1

X2 X1
4

2, 3
HIM panel opens to allow access to DPITM interface. To open the panel, remove the screws on left side of the HIM panel and swing open.

To Drive Control (DPI Interface Board)

No. Connector (1) 1 DPI port 1 2 DPI port 2 3 DPI port 3 or 2 4 DPI port 5

Description HIM connection when installed in AFE. Cable connection for handheld and remote options. Splitter cable that is connected to DPI Port 2, which provides an additional port. Cable connection for communications adapter.

(1) There is no port 4 on PowerFlex 7-Class products. Port 4 only exists on legacy SCANportTM products.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

159

Appendix B HIM Overview
LCD Display Elements
ALT Functions

Display

F-> Power Loss

Auto

0.0 Volt

Main Menu: Diagnostics Parameter Device Select

Description
Direction | Drive Status | Alarm | Auto/Man | Information Commanded or Output Volts
Programming / Monitoring / Troubleshooting

To use an ALT function, press the ALT key and release it, and then press the programming key that is associated with the desired function that is listed in the following table.

Table 25 - ALT Key Functions

ALT Key plus...
Sel View
Lang

Function
Selects how parameters are viewed or shows detailed information about a parameter or component.
Displays the language selection screen.

Auto/Man Switches between Auto and Manual Modes.

ALT

Remove Lets the HIM be removed without causing a fault if the HIM is not the

last controlling device and does not have manual control of the AFE.

. Exp

Lets the value to be entered as an exponent.

+/­ Param # Enters a parameter number for viewing or editing.

160

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Menu Structure

HIM Overview Appendix B

Figure 55 - HIM Menu Structure

Diagnostics Parameter Device Select

User Display

Esc Sel

Alarms Faults Status Info Device Items Device Version HIM Version

View Alarm Queue Clr Alarm Queue
PowerFlex 700AFE Product Data Control Board Power Board Slot A-E

LCD HIM Product Data LCD HIM Control Board Keyboard ­ Numeric

View selected through ALT Sel

Cnvrtr Status 1 Cnvrtr Status 2 Cnvrtr Alarm 1 Cnvrtr Alarm 2 DC Ref Source Start Inhibits Last Stop Source Dig In Status Dig Out Status Heatsink Temp

Fault Info View Fault Queue Clear Faults Clr Fault Queue Reset Device

Param Access Lvl File-Group-Par Numbered List Changed Params

FGP: File File 1 Name File 2 Name File 3 Name

PowerFlex 700AFE Connected DPI Devices

FGP: Group Group 1 Name Group 2 Name Group 3 Name

Basic Advanced
FGP: Parameter Parameter Name Parameter Name Parameter Name
Value Screen

Memory Storage

Him CopyCat Reset To Defaults

Device -> HIM Device <- HIM Delete HIM Set

Start-Up Preferences

Continue Start Over

Introduction

Only available if power cycled during startup

Device Identity

Change Password

User Dspy Lines

User Dspy Time

User Dspy Video

Reset User Dspy

Contrast

Press

Complete Steps: 1. Input Voltage 2. Alarm/Flt Cnfg 3. Limits 4. DC Bus Ctrl 5. Strt/Stop/I/O 6. Done/Exit

Make a selection: Esc Abort
Backup Resume Start-Up Menu

to move between menu items

Press

to select a menu item

Press Esc to move 1 level back in the menu structure

Press ALT Sel to select how to view parameters

Diagnostics Menu

When a fault trips the Active Front End, use this menu to access detailed data about the AFE.

Option Faults Status Info Device Version HIM Version

Description View fault queue or fault information, clear faults, or reset the AFE. View parameters that display status information about the AFE. View the firmware revision and hardware series of components. View the firmware revision and hardware series of the HIM.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

161

Appendix B HIM Overview

Parameter Menu
See View and Edit Parameters on page 163.

Device Select Menu
Use this menu to access parameters in connected peripheral devices.

Memory Storage Menu

AFE data can be saved to, or recalled from, HIM sets. HIM sets are files that are stored in permanent nonvolatile HIM memory.

Option
HIM Copycat: Device -> HIM Device <- HIM
Reset To Defaults

Description Save data to a HIM set, load data from a HIM set to active AFE memory, or delete a HIM set.
Restore the AFE to its default configuration settings.

Start-up Menu
See Chapter 3.

Preferences Menu

The HIM and AFE have features that you can customize.

Option AFE Identity Change Password User Dspy Lines
User Dspy Time User Dspy Video Reset User Dspy

Description Add text to identify the AFE. Enable/disable or modify the password. Select the display, parameter, scale, and text for the user display. The user display is two lines of user-defined data that appears when the HIM is not being used for programming. Set the wait time for the user display or enable/disable it. Select reverse or normal video for the frequency and user display lines. Return all options for the user display to default configuration values.

The AFE is initially set to Basic Parameter View. To view all parameters, set parameter 196 [ParamAccessLvl] to option `1' (Advanced). The Reset to Defaults function does not affect Parameter 196.

162

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

HIM Overview Appendix B

View and Edit Parameters

HIM

Step

Example Screen

1. In the Main Menu, press the or key to scroll to Parameter.
Main Menu:
Diagnostics
Parameter
Device Select

2. Press the (Enter) key. FGP File appears on the top line and the first three files appear below it.
3. To scroll through the files, press the or key.

FGP: File Monitor Dynamic Control Utility

4. To select a file, press the (Enter) key. The groups in the file are displayed under it.
5. Repeat step 3 and step 4 to select a group and then a parameter. The parameter value screen appears.

FGGP: Group Control Modes Voltage Loop Limits

FGP:PParameter DC Volt Ref Sel DC Volt Ref

6. To edit the parameter, press the (Enter) key. 7. To change the value, press the or key.
If desired, press the Sel key to move from digit to digit, letter to letter, or bit to bit. The digit or bit that can be changed is highlighted. 8. To save the value, press the (Enter) key. To cancel a change, press the Esc key to escape. 9. To scroll through the parameters in the group, press the or key, or press the Esc key to return to the group list.

FGP:

Par 61

DC Volt Ref

712.8 VDC

583 < > 842

FGP:

Par 61

DC Volt Ref

700.0 VDC

583 < > 842

Remove/Install the HIM

Numeric Keypad Shortcut
When using a HIM with a numeric keypad, press the ALT key and +/­ key to access the parameter by typing its number.

The HIM can be removed or installed while the AFE is powered.

Step

To remove the HIM, do the following. 1. Press the ALT key and then the (Enter) key.
The Remove HIM configuration screen appears. 2. To confirm that you want to remove the HIM, press the
key. 3. Remove the HIM from the AFE.

(Enter)

To install the HIM, insert it into the AFE or connect its cable to the AFE.

Example Displays
- Remove HIM Do you wish to continue? Press Enter

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

163

Appendix B HIM Overview
Notes:

164

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Sizing Guidelines

Application Notes

C Appendix

Topic

Page

Sizing Guidelines

165

Voltage Boost

167

Paralleling AFEs

168

Use the following guidelines to size the AFE.

Basic Procedure to Size the AFE

1. Sum the DC Input current rating of the connected drives.
See the respective drive documentation specifications, or Drives in Common Bus Configurations, publication DRIVES-AT002.
2. Multiply the total DC current by 0.9.
This step compensates for the boosted DC bus voltage that is provided by the AFE.
3. Select the AFE with the DC current rating that meets or exceeds the value calculated in step 2.

Examples:

Normal-duty (ND), 110%, 1 minute

DC Input Rating of Connected Drives

DC

ND

Voltage Power

ND Currents

650V

5 x 60 Hp 5 x 84.5 = 422.5 A

1 x 30 Hp 1 x 85.8 A

ND Current Sum x 0.9
457.5 A

AFE
ND Cont. DC Output Amps
520 A

AC Input Voltage
480V

Heavy-duty (HD), 150%, 1 minute

DC Input Rating of Connected Drives

DC

HD

Voltage Power

HD Currents

650V

5 x 60 Hp 5 x 84.5 = 422.5 A

1 x 30 Hp 1 x 55.7 = 55.7 A

HD Current Sum x 0.9
430.4 A

AFE
HD Cont. DC Output Amps
435 A

AC Input Voltage
480V

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

165

Appendix C Application Notes 166

Advanced Procedure to Size the AFE
1. Convert all motor powers to kW (kW = Hp x 0.746). 2. Determine the total power and input current required during
acceleration.(1) For Motoring Loads: PDrive = PMotor / Motor Efficiency For Regenerating Loads: PDrive = PMotor * Motor Efficiency
PAccel = PDrive1 + PDrive2 + ... Calculate the input current required on the regenerative unit during acceleration, taking advantage of the 110% for 1 minute overload rating of the regenerative unit.
IInput = PAccel x 1000 / ( 3 x VLL x 1.1), where PAccel is in kW, and VLL = RMS line-to-line AC input voltage. 3. Determine the total power and input current required during steadystate run operation.(1) For Motoring Loads: PDrive = PMotor / Motor Efficiency For Regenerating Loads: PDrive = PMotor * Motor Efficiency
PRun = PDrive1 + PDrive2 + ... Calculate the steady-state input current required on the regenerative unit.
IInput = PRun x 1000 / ( 3 x VLL), where PRun is in kW, and VLL = RMS line-to-line AC input voltage. 4. Determine the total power and input current required during deceleration.(1) For Motoring Loads: PDrive = PMotor / Motor Efficiency For Regenerating Loads: PDrive = PMotor * Motor Efficiency
PDecel = PDrive1 + PDrive2 + ... Calculate the input current required on the regenerative unit during deceleration, taking advantage of the 110% for 1 minute overload rating of the regenerative unit.
IInput = PDecel x1000 / ( 3 x VLL x 1.1), where PDecel is in kW, and VLL = RMS line-to-line AC input voltage. 5. Compare the absolute values of the input current required for the regenerative unit during acceleration, deceleration, and steady state. 6. Select the regenerative unit with the input current rating that meets or exceeds the worst case input current.
(1) PMotor is the motor power required for the application. The PMotor could be positive if that section of the machine is motoring, or negative if that section of the machine is regenerating.
Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Voltage Boost

Application Notes Appendix C
ATTENTION: The AFE can be used for voltage boost but cannot be used to lower the DC bus voltage. The minimum DC bus voltage is limited by the rectified diode bridge voltage.
AFE parameter 61 [DC Volt Ref ] can be adjusted to boost the DC voltage. The maximum value of parameter 61 [DC Volt Ref ] is:
[Rated Volts] x 1.35 x 1.3 for 400/480V units [Rated Volts] x 1.35 x 1.15 for 600/690V units, where [Rated Volts] is the AC input voltage for the AFE. Th e maximum AC output to the motor = [DC Volt Ref ] / ( 2 x 1.1) Example: AC line voltage = 400V AC Motor = 460V AC Max [DC Volt Ref ] = 400 x 1.35 x 1.3 = 702V DC Maximum AC output to motor = 702V DC / ( 2 x 1.1) = 451V AC In addition, the AC input current required by the AFE increases when using voltage boost. The continuous and overload AC input current ratings must not be exceeded, or the AFE trips on overload. See the Advanced Procedure to Size the AFE on page 166 for sizing guidelines.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

167

Appendix C Application Notes
Paralleling AFEs
168

The power of the AFE input group can be increased by connecting several groups in parallel. Paralleling refers to AFE units connected on the same input transformer and the same DC bus. No communication between the units is required--they work independently.
Paralleling is typically used when the power range of one frame size is not enough, or when redundancy is needed. For additional information, see Drives in Common Bus Configurations, publication DRIVES-AT002.
Guidelines for AFEs in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosure
Follow these guidelines for paralleling AFEs in IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosures:
· For AFEs in IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosures, a maximum of two AFEs of the same power size (for example, two Frame 10 AFEs) and same voltage class can be paralleled.
· Each AFE must have its own LCL filter.
· Each AFE must have its own short circuit protection on AC and DC sides. See Appendix A for fusing information. When paralleling, you must check the sufficient short circuit capacity of the system.
· Derate the AFE units by 5% of their power rating.
· Configure the following parameters for parallel operation: ­ Set Parameter 42 - [Modulation Type] to `3'. ­ Set Parameter 82 - [Ground I Lvl] to 100%. ­ Set Parameter 85 - [Droop] to 5% for current sharing of the AFEs. ­ Set Parameter 86 - [PWM Synch] to `1' to reduce circulating currents between AFEs connected to the same DC bus and fed from the same power source.
· If one of the paralleled AFEs is isolated from the AC and DC voltages, you must isolate the AC input and DC output. The AC input can be isolated with a circuit breaker or a disconnect switch. Contactors are not suitable for isolating the AC input because they cannot be locked in the safe position. The DC output can be isolated with a disconnect. A load isolation switch or safety isolation switch can be used to isolate the precharging circuit from the AC input.
· Each AFE must use a separate precharging circuit, precharging control switch, DC bus output fusing, and main contactor.
Each AFE controls its own precharging and main contactor. Therefore, it is possible to disconnect the AFE when other parallel AFEs are powered up but not modulating.
Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Application Notes Appendix C
· The fault relay of both AFEs must be interlocked with each other, such that both AFEs are disabled (not running) when either AFE is faulted.
· An AFE can be connected while other parallel AFE units are running. When connecting the AFE to the DC bus, follow these steps in the order shown.
a. Precharged the isolated AFE. When completed, the AFE control closes the contactor.
b. To connect the AFE to the DC bus, close the DC disconnect.
When disconnecting the AFE from the DC bus, follow these steps in the order shown. a. Stop the inverters and AFEs connected to the same DC bus from
modulating. The AFE load must be zero before being disconnected to reduce the load on the contactor. b. Open the contactor of the AFE. c. Open the DC disconnect switch. d. Restart the other AFE units.
· When AFEs are paralleled, the DC bus voltage at regeneration is 5% higher than with one AFE due to the 5% droop. See Drives in Common Bus Configurations, publication DRIVES-AT002, for supported drives that can be used in various AFE configurations.
· Figure 56 on page 170 shows an example of paralleling two AFEs in their IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosures, where each AFE has its own precharging circuit, precharging control, and fusing on the DC bus output and main contactor.
In this case, turn the disconnects (Q0) of all AFEs to ON, and set all REM-AUTO-MAN selector switches on the door to AUTO to enable automatic operation.
When turning on the main power, the two AFEs precharge automatically. After charging, the contactors (K1) are closed and the AFEs start the modulation. The control signal `Inverter Enable' shown in Figure 23 on page 45 can be used to interlock the drives connected to the DC bus.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

169

Appendix C Application Notes

3-phase AC Input
L1 L2 L3

AC Line Switchgear

Input

Input

Breaker

Contactor

Q0 Fuses

K1

F1.1...F1.3

Figure 56 - Connecting Parallel Frame 10 AFEs in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosures

LCL Filter (L1)

U2 V2 W2

C1

C4

C2

C5

C3

C6

AFE

DC

Power Structure (U1)

Fuses

U1

U1 U

V1 W1

V

DC+

F2.1

W

F2.2

PE

DC-

PE

Factory-installed Common Mode
Core
DC+
DC Bus DC- Output

Precharge Fuses F5

Precharge Contactor

Precharge Circuit

PowerFlex 700 AFE System

K6
R6.1 + R6.2 -

AC Line Switchgear

Input

Input

Breaker

Contactor

Q0

Fuses

K1

F1.1...F1.3

LCL Filter (L1)

U2 V2 W2

C1

C4

C2

C5

C3

C6

AFE

DC

Power Structure (U1) Fuses

U1

U1 U

V1 W1

V

DC+

F2.1

W

F2.2

PE

DC-

PE

Precharge Fuses F5

Precharge Contactor

Precharge Circuit

Factory-installed Common Mode
Core

PowerFlex 700 AFE System

K6
R6.1 + R6.2 -

170

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

3-phase AC Input
L1 L2 L3

AC Line Switchgear

Input

Input

Breaker

Contactor

Q0

Fuses

K1

F1.1...F1.3

Application Notes Appendix C

Figure 57 - Connecting Parallel Frame 13 AFEs in IP20 2500 MCC Style Enclosures

LCL Filter (L1)

U2 V2 W2

C1

C4

C2

C5

C3

C6

Precharge Fuses F5

Precharge Contactor

AFE Power Structure (U1)

PE

U1

U DC+

V1

DC-

W1

PE

V

DC+

DC-

PE

W DC+

PE

DC-

DC Fuses
F2.1 F2.2 F2.3 F2.4 F2.5 F2.6

Precharge Circuit

Factory-installed Common Mode
Core
DC+ DC Bus Output
DC-

PowerFlex 700 AFE System

K6
R6.1 + -

AC Line Switchgear

Input

Input

Breaker

Contactor

Q0

Fuses

K1

F1.1...F1.3

LCL Filter (L1)

U2 V2 W2

C1

C4

C2

C5

C3

C6

Precharge Fuses F5

Precharge Contactor

AFE

DC

Power Structure (U1)

Fuses

U1

PE

F2.1

U DC+

V1

DC-

W1

F2.2

PE

F2.3

V

DC+

DC-

F2.4

PE

F2.5

PE

W

DC+ DC-

F2.6

Precharge Circuit

Factory-installed Common Mode
Core

PowerFlex 700 AFE System

K6
R6.1 + -

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

171

Appendix C Application Notes 172

Guidelines for AFEs in IP21 Rittal Enclosure
Follow these guidelines for paralleling AFEs in IP21 Rittal enclosures:
· AFE units of different power sizes can be connected in parallel.
· For AFEs in IP21 Rittal enclosures, a maximum of six AFEs can be paralleled. However, the capacity of the DC bus bar can limit the number of AFEs.
· Each AFE must have its own LCL filter.
· Each AFE must have its own short circuit protection on AC and DC sides. See Appendix A for fusing information. When paralleling, you must check the sufficient short circuit capacity of the system.
· Derate the AFE units by 5% of their power rating.
· Configure the following parameters for parallel operation: ­ Set Parameter 42 - [Modulation Type] to `3'. ­ Set Parameter 82 - [Ground I Lvl] to 100%. ­ Set Parameter 85 - [Droop] to 5% for current sharing of the AFEs. ­ Set Parameter 86 - [PWM Synch] to `1' to reduce circulating currents between AFEs connected to the same DC bus and fed from the same power source.
· If one of the paralleled AFEs is isolated from the AC and DC voltages, you must isolate the AC input and DC output. The AC input can be isolated with a circuit breaker or a disconnect switch. Contactors are not suitable for isolating the AC input because they cannot be locked in the safe position. The DC output can be isolated with a disconnect. A load isolation switch or safety isolation switch can be used to isolate the precharging circuit from the AC input.
· Each AFE must use a separate precharging circuit, precharging control switch, DC bus output fusing, and main contactor.
Each AFE controls its own precharging and main contactor. Therefore, it is possible to disconnect the AFE when other parallel AFEs are powered up but not modulating.
· The fault relay of both AFEs must be interlocked with each other, such that both AFEs are disabled (not running) when either AFE is faulted.
· An AFE can be connected while other parallel AFE units are running. When connecting the AFE to the DC bus, follow these steps in the order shown.
a. Precharged the isolated AFE.
Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Application Notes Appendix C
When completed, the AFE control closes the MCCB. b. To connect the AFE to the DC bus, close the DC disconnect.
When disconnecting the AFE from the DC bus, follow these steps in the order shown. a. Stop the inverters and AFEs connected to the same DC bus from
modulating. The AFE load must be zero before being disconnected to reduce the load on the MCCB. b. Open the MCCB of the AFE. c. Open the DC disconnect switch. d. Restart the other AFE units.
· When AFEs are paralleled, the DC bus voltage at regeneration is 5% higher than with one AFE due to the 5% droop. See Drives in Common Bus Configurations, publication DRIVES-AT002, for supported drives that can be used in the various AFE configurations.
· Figure 58 on page 174 shows an example of paralleling two AFEs in their IP21 Rittal enclosures, where each AFE has its own precharging circuit, precharging control, and fusing on the DC bus output and input contactor.
In this case, turn the disconnects (Q0) of all AFEs to ON, and set all MCCB CONTROL selector switches on the door to AUTO to enable automatic operation.
When turning on the main power, the two AFEs precharge automatically. After charging, the MCCB motor-controlled circuit breakers (Q1) are closed and the AFEs start the modulation. The control signal `Inverter Enable' shown in Figure 40 on page 79 can be used to interlock the drives connected to the DC bus.

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

173

Appendix C Application Notes

3-phase AC Input
L1 L2 L3

AC Line Switchgear

Q0

Q1

Figure 58 - Connecting Parallel Frame 10 AFEs in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

LCL Filter (L1)

U2 V2 W2

C1

C4

C2

C5

C3

C6

AFE

DC

Power Structure (U1)

Fuses

U1

U1 U

V1 W1

V

DC+

F2.1

W

F2.2

PE

DC-

PE

Motor Protection

Precharge Relay Precharge

Fuses

Contactor

Precharge Circuit

DC+ DC Bus DC- Output

PowerFlex 700 AFE 1

F6

Q5

K6

R6.1 + R6.2 -

AC Line Switchgear

Q0

Q1

LCL Filter (L1)

U2 V2 W2

C1

C4

C2

C5

C3

C6

AFE Power Structure (U1)

U1

U1 U

V1 W1

V

DC+

W

PE

DC-

PE

DC Fuses
F2.1 F2.2

Motor Protection

Precharge Relay Precharge

Fuses

Contactor

Precharge Circuit

PowerFlex 700 AFE 2

F6

Q5

K6

R6.1 + R6.2 -

174

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

3-phase AC Input
L1 L2 L3

AC Line Switchgear

Q0

Q1

Application Notes Appendix C

Figure 59 - Connecting Parallel Frame 13 AFEs in IP21 Rittal Enclosure

LCL Filter (L1)

U2 V2 W2

C1

C4

C2

C5

C3

C6

AFE Power Structure (U1)

PE

U1

U DC+

V1

DC-

W1

PE

V

DC+

DC-

PE

W DC+

PE

DC-

Motor Protection

Precharge Relay Precharge

Fuses

Contactor

Precharge Circuit

DC Fuses
F2.1 F2.2 F2.3 F2.4 F2.5 F2.6

DC+ DC Bus Output
DC-

PowerFlex 700 AFE 1

F6

Q5

K6

R6.1 + R6.2 -

AC Line Switchgear

Q0

Q1

LCL Filter (L1)

U2 V2 W2

C1

C4

C2

C5

C3

C6

AFE Power Structure (U1)

PE

U1

U DC+

V1

DC-

W1

PE

V

DC+

DC-

PE

PE

W

DC+ DC-

Motor Protection

Precharge Relay Precharge

Fuses

Contactor

Precharge Circuit

DC Fuses
F2.1 F2.2 F2.3 F2.4 F2.5 F2.6

PowerFlex 700 AFE 2

F6

Q5

K6

R6.1 + R6.2 -

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

175

Appendix C Application Notes

Paralleling an AFE with One or More PowerFlex SCR Bus Supplies
For information about paralleling an AFE with one or more PowerFlex® SCR Bus Supplies, see Drives in Common Bus Configurations, publication DRIVES-AT002.

176

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Index

A
AC Line Freq parameter 99 AC Line kVA parameter 99 AC Line kVar parameter 99 AC Line kW parameter 99 AC supply source
unbalanced 26, 58 ungrounded 26, 58
Active Current parameter 99 Active I Ki parameter 103 Active I Kp parameter 103 Active I Ref parameter 103 AFE
dimensions 143 fault descriptions 127 Frame 10 main component locations
in IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure 22 in IP21 Rittal enclosure 54 Frame 13 main component locations in IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure 23 in IP21 Rittal enclosure 55 main component sections in IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure 20 in IP21 Rittal enclosure 52 parameters 95 Alarm 1 @ Fault parameter 108 Alarm 1 Code parameter 110 Alarm 2 @ Fault parameter 108 Alarm 2 Code parameter 110 Alarm 3 Code parameter 110 Alarm 4 Code parameter 110 Alarm Clear parameter 110 alarm clearing 131 Alarm Config parameter 110 Alarms Parameter Group 110 Analog In 1 Hi parameter 113 Analog In 1 Lo parameter 113 Analog In 1 Loss parameter 113 Analog In 2 Hi parameter 113 Analog In 2 Lo parameter 113 Analog In 2 Loss parameter 113 Analog In1 Value parameter 100 Analog In2 Value parameter 100 Analog Inputs Parameter Group 113 Analog Out1 Hi parameter 114 Analog Out1 Lo parameter 114 Analog Out1 Sel parameter 114 Analog Out2 Hi parameter 114 Analog Out2 Lo parameter 114 Analog Out2 Sel parameter 114 Analog Outputs Parameter Group 113 Anlg In Config parameter 113 Anlg Out Absolute parameter 114 Anlg Out Config parameter 113 Anlg Out1 Scale parameter 115 Anlg Out1 Setpt parameter 115

Anlg Out2 Scale parameter 115 Anlg Out2 Setpt parameter 115
armored cable 30, 63
Auto Rstrt Delay parameter 102 Auto Rstrt Tries parameter 102 Auto Stop Level parameter 101 Auto-Reset/Start 126 AutoRstrt Config parameter 102
B
bus capacitors, discharging 12
C
cables, power
armored 30, 63 insulation 29, 62 separation 29, 62 shielded 29, 30, 62, 63 unshielded 29, 30, 62 capacitors 37, 69
capacitors - bus, discharging 12 catalog number explanation 13
CE Conformity 49, 82
clearing alarms 131 faults 127
Cmd DC Volt parameter 100 Cnvrtr Alarm 1 parameter 106 Cnvrtr Alarm 2 parameter 106 Cnvrtr Logic Rslt parameter 111 Cnvrtr OL Count parameter 108 Cnvrtr OL Factor parameter 109 Cnvrtr Status 1 parameter 105 Cnvrtr Status 2 parameter 106 Comm Control Parameter Group 111 Common Mode
capacitors 37, 69 interference 40, 75
Communication File 111 communications - programmable controller
configurations 152 component locations
Frame 10 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure 22
Frame 10 AFE in IP21 Rittal enclosure 54 Frame 13 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style
enclosure 23 Frame 13 AFE in IP21 Rittal enclosure 55 component sections AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure 20 AFE in IP21 Rittal enclosure 52 configuring parameters 95
Conformity - CE 49, 82
Contact Off Cnfg parameter 109 Contact On Delay parameter 101

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

177

Index

control I/O terminal block in IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure 44 I/O terminal block in IP21 Rittal enclosure 78
wire 41, 75
Control Modes Parameter Group 101 Control Options parameter 102 Control SW Ver parameter 100 conventions used in this manual 10 Converter Data Parameter Group 100 Converter Memory Parameter Group 105 CopyCat HIM function 162 cross-reference of parameters
by name 117 by number 120 Current Lmt Val parameter 103 Current Loop Parameter Group 103
D
Data In A1 parameter 112 Data In A2 parameter 112 Data In B1 parameter 112 Data In B2 parameter 112 Data In C1 parameter 112 Data In C2 parameter 112 Data In D1 parameter 112 Data In D2 parameter 112 Data Out A1 parameter 112 Data Out A2 parameter 112 Data Out B1 parameter 112 Data Out B2 parameter 112 Data Out C1 parameter 112 Data Out C2 parameter 112 Data Out D1 parameter 112 Data Out D2 parameter 112 data, saving 162 Datalinks Parameter Group 112 DC Bus Current parameter 99 DC Bus Hi Alarm parameter 103 DC Bus Lo Alarm parameter 103 DC Bus Volt parameter 99 DC Ref Hi Lmt parameter 103 DC Ref Lo Lmt parameter 103 DC Ref Source parameter 106 DC Volt Ki parameter 102 DC Volt Kp parameter 102 DC Volt Ref parameter 102 DC Volt Ref Sel parameter 102 defaults, resetting to 162 diagnostic data, viewing 161 Diagnostics Parameter Group 105 Dig In Status parameter 107 Dig Out Setpt parameter 116 Dig Out Status parameter 107 Dig Out2 Invert parameter 116

Dig Out2 OffTime parameter 116 Dig Out2 OnTime parameter 116 Dig Out3 Invert parameter 116 Dig Out3 OffTime parameter 116 Dig Out3 OnTime parameter 116 Digital In1 Sel parameter 115 Digital In2 Sel parameter 115 Digital In3 Sel parameter 115 Digital In4 Sel parameter 115 Digital In5 Sel parameter 115 Digital In6 Sel parameter 115 Digital Inputs Parameter Group 115 Digital Out1 Sel parameter 116 Digital Out2 Sel parameter 116 Digital Out3 Sel parameter 116 Digital Outputs Parameter Group 116 discharging bus capacitors 12
distribution systems 37, 69 unbalanced 26, 58 ungrounded 26, 58
DPI Baud Rate parameter 111 DPI communication configurations 152 DPI Port Sel parameter 111 DPI Port Value parameter 111 Droop parameter 104 Dynamic Control File 101
E
editing parameters 95 Elapsed Run Time parameter 100 electrostatic discharge (ESD) 12
EMC Directive 49, 82
F
factory defaults, resetting to 162 fault
descriptions 127 queue 161 Fault 1 Code parameter 109 Fault 1 Time parameter 109 Fault 2 Code parameter 109 Fault 2 Time parameter 109 Fault 3 Code parameter 109 Fault 3 Time parameter 109 Fault 4 Code parameter 109 Fault 4 Time parameter 109 Fault Bus Volts parameter 107 Fault Clear Mode parameter 109 Fault Clear parameter 109 Fault Clr Mask parameter 111 Fault Clr Owner parameter 111 Fault Config parameter 109 Fault Frequency parameter 107 Fault Temp parameter 107

178

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Index

Fault Total Curr parameter 107 Faults Parameter Group 109 File
Communication 111 Dynamic Control 101 Inputs & Outputs 113 Monitor 99 Utility 105 File-Group-Parameter 96
fuse and circuit breaker ratings 141, 142
G
general precautions 12 Ground Current parameter 99 Ground I Lvl parameter 103 grounding
recommended scheme 27, 59 requirements 27, 59 shields 29, 61
Group - Parameter Alarms 110 Analog Inputs 113 Analog Outputs 113 Comm Control 111 Control Modes 101 Converter Data 100 Converter Memory 105 Current Loop 103 Datalinks 112 Diagnostics 105 Digital Inputs 115 Digital Outputs 116 Faults 109 Limits 103 Masks & Owners 111 Metering 99 Parallel Mode 104 Restart Modes 102 Voltage Loop 102
H
hardware enable 46, 80
Heatsink Temp parameter 99 HIM 159
ALT functions 160 Diagnostics menu 161 external and internal connections 159 LCD display elements 160 Memory Storage menu 162 menu structure 161 Preferences menu 162 removing 163
I
I Imbalance parameter 99 Input Current R parameter 99 Input Current S parameter 99 Input Current T parameter 99
input potentiometer 47, 80

input power conditioning 27, 59
Input Voltage parameter 99 Inputs & Outputs File 113
L
Language parameter 105 Last Stop Source parameter 107 Limits Parameter Group 103 linear list of parameters 120 Logic Command Word
PowerFlex 700/700H/700S drives 152 PowerFlex 750-Series drives 155 Logic Mask parameter 111 Logic Status Word PowerFlex 700/700H/700S drives 153 PowerFlex 750-Series drives 156
Low Voltage Directive 49, 82
M
main component locations Frame 10 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure 22 Frame 10 AFE in IP21 Rittal enclosure 54 Frame 13 AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure 23 Frame 13 AFE in IP21 Rittal enclosure 55
main component sections AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure 20 AFE in IP21 Rittal enclosure 52
manual conventions 10 Masks & Owners Parameter Group 111 Metering Parameter Group 99
mode capacitors 37, 69
Modulation Index parameter 101 Modulation Type parameter 101 Monitor File 99 Motor Power Lmt parameter 103 Motoring MWh parameter 100
N
Nom Input Volt parameter 101 non-resettable faults 126
O
operator interface 163
P
Parallel Mode Parameter Group 104 Param Access Lvl parameter 105 parameter
changing/editing 163 cross-reference
by name 117

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

179

Index
by number 120 linear list 120 viewing 163

180

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Index

Parameters
AC Line Freq 99 AC Line kVA 99 AC Line kVar 99 AC Line kW 99 Active Current 99 Active I Ki 103 Active I Kp 103 Active I Ref 103 Alarm 1 @ Fault 108 Alarm 1 Code 110 Alarm 2 @ Fault 108 Alarm 2 Code 110 Alarm 3 Code 110 Alarm 4 Code 110 Alarm Clear 110 Alarm Config 110 Analog In 1 Hi 113 Analog In 1 Lo 113 Analog In 1 Loss 113 Analog In 2 Hi 113 Analog In 2 Lo 113 Analog In 2 Loss 113 Analog In1 Value 100 Analog In2 Value 100 Analog Out1 Hi 114 Analog Out1 Lo 114 Analog Out1 Sel 114 Analog Out2 Hi 114 Analog Out2 Lo 114 Analog Out2 Sel 114 Anlg In Config 113 Anlg Out Absolute 114 Anlg Out Config 113 Anlg Out1 Scale 115 Anlg Out1 Setpt 115 Anlg Out2 Scale 115 Anlg Out2 Setpt 115 Auto Rstrt Delay 102 Auto Rstrt Tries 102 Auto Stop Level 101 AutoRstrt Config 102 Cmd DC Volt 100 Cnvrtr Alarm 1 106 Cnvrtr Alarm 2 106 Cnvrtr Logic Rslt 111 Cnvrtr OL Count 108 Cnvrtr OL Factor 109 Cnvrtr Status 1 105 Cnvrtr Status 2 106 Contact Off Cnfg 109 Contact On Delay 101 Control Options 102 Control SW Ver 100 Current Lmt Val 103 Data In A1 112 Data In A2 112 Data In B1 112 Data In B2 112 Data In C1 112 Data In C2 112 Data In D1 112 Data In D2 112 Data Out A1 112 Data Out A2 112 Data Out B1 112

Data Out B2 112 Data Out C1 112 Data Out C2 112 Data Out D1 112 Data Out D2 112 DC Bus Current 99 DC Bus Hi Alarm 103 DC Bus Lo Alarm 103 DC Bus Volt 99 DC Ref Hi Lmt 103 DC Ref Lo Lmt 103 DC Ref Source 106 DC Volt Ki 102 DC Volt Kp 102 DC Volt Ref 102 DC Volt Ref Sel 102 Dig In Status 107 Dig Out Setpt 116 Dig Out Status 107 Dig Out2 Invert 116 Dig Out2 OffTime 116 Dig Out2 OnTime 116 Dig Out3 Invert 116 Dig Out3 OffTime 116 Dig Out3 OnTime 116 Digital In1 Sel 115 Digital In2 Sel 115 Digital In3 Sel 115 Digital In4 Sel 115 Digital In5 Sel 115 Digital In6 Sel 115 Digital Out1 Sel 116 Digital Out2 Sel 116 Digital Out3 Sel 116 DPI Baud Rate 111 DPI Port Sel 111 DPI Port Value 111 Droop 104 Elapsed Run Time 100 Fault 1 Code 109 Fault 1 Time 109 Fault 2 Code 109 Fault 2 Time 109 Fault 3 Code 109 Fault 3 Time 109 Fault 4 Code 109 Fault 4 Time 109 Fault Bus Volts 107 Fault Clear 109 Fault Clear Mode 109 Fault Clr Mask 111 Fault Clr Owner 111 Fault Config 109 Fault Frequency 107 Fault Temp 107 Fault Total Curr 107 Ground Current 99 Ground I Lvl 103 Heatsink Temp 99 I Imbalance 99 Input Current R 99 Input Current S 99 Input Current T 99 Input Voltage 99 Language 105 Last Stop Source 107

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

181

Index

Logic Mask 111 Modulation Index 101 Modulation Type 101 Motor Power Lmt 103 Motoring MWh 100 Nom Input Volt 101 Param Access Lvl 105 Power Factor 99 Power Up Marker 109 PWM Frequency 101 PWM Synch 104 Rated Amps 100 Rated kW 100 Rated Volts 100 RatedLineCurrent 101 Reactive Current 99 Reactive I Ki 103 Reactive I Kp 103 Reactive I Ref 103 Reactive I Sel 103 Regen MWh 100 Regen Power Lmt 103 Reset Meters 105
Reset to Defaults 86, 90, 105
Restart Delay 101 Start Inhibits 107 Start Owner 111 Start Up Delay 104 Start/Stop Mode 101 Status 1 @ Fault 108 Status 2 @ Fault 108 Stop Delay 101 Stop Owner 111 Testpoint 1 Data 108 Testpoint 1 Sel 108 Testpoint 2 Data 108 Testpoint 2 Sel 108 Total Current 99 Voltage Class 105
PE 27, 59 potentiometer, wiring 47, 80
power
cables/wiring AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure 29 AFE in IP21 Rittal enclosure 62
terminal locations/specifications Frame 10 in IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure 34 Frame 10 in IP21 Rittal enclosure 66 Frame 13 in IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure 35 Frame 13 in IP21 Rittal enclosure 67
power conditioning, input 27, 59
Power Factor parameter 99
Power Up Marker parameter 109
precautions, general 12
preferences, setting 162
programmable controller configurations 152
PWM Frequency parameter 101
PWM Synch parameter 104

R
Rated Amps parameter 100 Rated kW parameter 100 Rated Volts parameter 100 RatedLineCurrent parameter 101 Reactive Current parameter 99 Reactive I Ki parameter 103 Reactive I Kp parameter 103 Reactive I Ref parameter 103 Reactive I Sel parameter 103 Regen MWh parameter 100 Regen Power Lmt parameter 103 Reset Meters parameter 105 Reset to Defaults 162
Reset to Defaults parameter 86, 90, 105 Residual Current Detector (RCD) 26, 58
Restart Delay parameter 101 Restart Modes Parameter Group 102
S
saving data 162 setting preferences 162
shielded cables - power 30, 63 SHLD termination 29, 61 signal wire 41, 75
specifications 137 control 138 electrical 138 environment 138 protection 138
Start Inhibits parameter 107 Start Owner parameter 111 Start Up Delay parameter 104 Start/Stop Mode parameter 101 start-up 85 static discharge (ESD) 12 Status 1 @ Fault parameter 108 Status 2 @ Fault parameter 108 Stop Delay parameter 101 Stop Owner parameter 111 supplemental information 137
supply source - AC 26, 58
T
technical support 10, 135
terminal block I/O in IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure 44 I/O in IP21 Rittal enclosure 78
wire size 42, 76

182

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

Index
terminals - power Frame 10 in IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure 34 Frame 10 in IP21 Rittal enclosure 66 Frame 13 in IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure 35 Frame 13 in IP21 Rittal enclosure 67
Testpoint 1 Data parameter 108 Testpoint 1 Sel parameter 108 Testpoint 2 Data parameter 108 Testpoint 2 Sel parameter 108 Total Current parameter 99 troubleshooting 125
U
unbalanced/ungrounded AC supply source
26, 58 ungrounded distribution systems 37, 69 unshielded power cables 30, 62
user configurable alarms 126 Utility File 105
V
viewing and changing parameters 163 Voltage Class parameter 105 Voltage Loop Parameter Group 102
W
website technical support 10
wire
control 41, 75 signal 41, 75
wiring
hardware enable 46, 80 potentiometer 47, 80
power for AFE in IP20 2500 MCC Style enclosure 29
power for AFE in IP21 Rittal enclosure 62

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

183

Index
Notes:

184

Rockwell Automation Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017

.
Rockwell Automation Support
Use the following resources to access support information.

Technical Support Center Local Technical Support Phone Numbers Direct Dial Codes
Literature Library Product Compatibility and Download Center (PCDC)

Knowledgebase Articles, How-to Videos, FAQs, Chat, User Forums, and Product Notification Updates.

https://rockwellautomation.custhelp.com/

Locate the phone number for your country.

http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/support/get-support-now.page

Find the Direct Dial Code for your product. Use the code to route your call directly to a technical support engineer.

http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/support/direct-dial.page

Installation Instructions, Manuals, Brochures, and Technical Data.

http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/literature-library/overview.page

Get help determining how products interact, check features and capabilities, and find associated firmware.

http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/support/pcdc.page

Documentation Feedback
Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better. If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document, complete the How Are We Doing? form at http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/groups/literature/documents/du/ra-du002_-en-e.pdf.

Rockwell Automation maintains current product environmental information on its website at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/rockwellautomation/about-us/sustainability-ethics/product-environmental-compliance.page.
Allen-Bradley, Connected Components Workbench, DPI, DriveExecutive, DriveExplorer, DriveLogix, PowerFlex, SCANport, Rockwell automation, and Rockwell Software are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc. Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies.
Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret A.., Kar Plaza  Merkezi E Blok Kat:6 34752 çerenköy, stanbul, Tel: +90 (216) 5698400

Publication 20Y-UM001F-EN-P - April 2017
Supersedes Publication 20Y-UM001E-EN-P - July 2014

Copyright © 2017 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A.


Acrobat Distiller 11.0 (Windows)